華嚴經 品三十九 入法界品 · 解脫長者(寄具足方便住)Avataṃsaka Sūtra · Entering the Dharma Realm · The Elder Liberation (Assigned to the Abode of Fully Endowed Skillful Means)

〔T10 0338b18〕
心要Essence

善財問了一個很實在的問題——菩薩該怎麼學、怎麼修。

解脫長者沒有回答。他入定去了。

定中,他的身裡現出十方各十佛剎微塵數的佛,連國土、道場、上首菩薩的名字都一一分明,「如本而住,不相雜亂」。善財不是站在旁邊看——那些佛所說的話,他「悉能聽受」。

出定,他才開口。第一句是法門的名字,第二句是十方十佛逐方數過去,第三句才是全段的樞——「彼諸如來不來至此,我不往彼。」

見得清清楚楚,卻沒有人來,也沒有人去。

然後他給了四個喻:夢、影、幻、響。四喻都同時喻佛,也同時喻心——兩邊一起虛,來去才真的立不住。末了收成一句:「所見諸佛,皆由自心。」

話到這裡最容易被讀壞,所以他立刻補了十句:應以善法扶助自心,應以法水潤澤自心……澄觀說得直白,這十句是為了遣一種妄解——有人計說萬法皆心,任它去就是佛,何必修行。

心雖即佛,久翳塵勞。

且見到此地。

Sudhana asked a very practical question—how a bodhisattva is to study and how he is to cultivate.

The Elder Liberation did not answer. He went into concentration.

Within the concentration, there appeared in his body Buddhas as many as the dust motes of ten Buddha-fields in each of the ten directions, and even the lands, the places of awakening, and the names of the foremost bodhisattvas were each one distinct, “abode as it originally was, without confusion among them.” Sudhana was not standing to one side and watching—of the words those Buddhas spoke, he “was wholly able to hear and receive them.”

Coming out of the concentration, only then did he open his mouth. The first sentence is the name of the dharma gate; the second is the ten Buddhas of the ten directions counted off direction by direction; and only the third is the pivot of the whole stretch—“those Tathāgatas did not come here, and I did not go there.”

He saw it with perfect clarity, and yet no one came and no one went.

Then he gave four similes: dream, reflected image, illusion, echo. All four liken the Buddha and at the same time liken the mind—when both sides are empty together, coming and going truly cannot stand. At the end he gathers it into one sentence: “the Buddhas that are seen are all by one's own mind.”

Here is where the words are most easily read wrong, and so he immediately added ten sentences: one should aid one's own mind with good dharmas, one should moisten one's own mind with the water of the Dharma … Chengguan says it plainly: these ten sentences are to drive off one false understanding—that some reckon that all dharmas are mind, and that letting them go as they are is the Buddha, so why cultivate at all.

The mind, though it is the Buddha, has long been filmed over by the dust of toil.

And let it be seen this far.

原典Canonical · verbatim

〔T10 0338〕 爾時,善財童子思惟諸菩薩無礙解陀羅尼光明莊嚴門,深入諸菩薩語言海門,憶念諸菩薩知一切眾生微細方便門,觀察諸菩薩清淨心門,成就諸菩薩善根光明門,淨治諸菩薩教化眾生門,明利諸菩薩攝眾生智門,堅固諸菩薩廣大志樂門,住持諸菩薩殊勝志樂門,淨治諸菩薩種種信解門,思惟諸菩薩無量善心門;誓願堅固,心無疲厭;以諸甲冑而自莊嚴,精進深心不可退轉,具不壞信;其心堅固,猶如金剛及那羅延,無能壞者;守持一切善知識教,於諸境界得不壞智;普門清淨,所行無礙;智光圓滿,普照一切;具足諸地總持光明,了知法界種種差別,無依無住,平等無二;自性清淨而普莊嚴,於諸所行皆得究竟,智慧清淨離諸執著;知十方差別法,智無障礙;往十方差別處,身不疲懈;於十方差別業,皆得明了;於十方差別佛,無不現見;於十方差別時,悉得深入;清淨妙法充滿其心,普智三昧明照其心,心恒普入平等境界;如來智慧之所照觸,一切智流相續不斷,若身若心不離佛法;一切諸佛神力所加,一切如來光明所照;成就大願,願身周遍一切剎網,一切法界普入其身。 漸次遊行,十有二年,至住林城,周遍推求解脫長者。既得見已,五體投地,起立合掌,白言: 「聖者!我今得與善知識會,是我獲得廣大善利。何以故?善知識者,難可得見,難可得聞,難可出現,難得奉事,難得親近,難得承接,難可逢值,難得共居,難令喜悅,難得隨逐。我今會遇,為得善利。 「聖者!我已先發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心,為欲事一切佛故,為欲值一切佛故,為欲見一切佛故,為欲觀一切佛故,為欲知一切佛故,為欲證一切佛平等故,為欲發一切佛大願故,為欲滿一切佛大願故,為欲具一切佛智光故,為欲成一切佛眾行故,為欲得一切佛神通故,為欲具一切佛諸力故,為欲獲一切佛無畏故,為欲聞一切佛法故,為欲受一切佛法故,為欲持一切佛法故,為欲解一切佛法故,為欲護一切佛法故,為欲與一切諸菩薩眾同一體故,為欲與一切菩薩善根等無異故,為欲圓滿一切菩薩波羅蜜故,為欲成就一切菩薩所修行故,為欲出生一切菩薩清淨願故,為欲得一切諸佛菩薩威神藏故,為欲得一切菩薩法藏無盡智慧大光明故,為欲得一切菩薩三昧廣大藏故,為欲成就一切菩薩無量無數神通藏故,為欲以大悲藏教化調伏一切眾生皆令究竟到邊際故,為欲顯現神變藏故,為於一切自在藏中悉以自心得自在故,為欲入於清淨藏中以一切相而莊嚴故。 〔T10 0339〕 「聖者!我今以如是心、如是意、如是樂、如是欲、如是希求、如是思惟、如是尊重、如是方便、如是究竟、如是謙下,至聖者所。我聞聖者善能誘誨諸菩薩眾,能以方便闡明所得,示其道路,與其津梁,授其法門;令除迷倒障,拔猶豫箭,截疑惑網,照心稠林,澣心垢濁,令心潔白,使心清涼,正心諂曲,絕心生死,止心不善,解心執著;於執著處令心解脫,於染愛處使心動轉,令其速入一切智境,使其疾到無上法城;令住大悲,令住大慈,令入菩薩行,令修三昧門,令入證位,令觀法性,令增長力,令修習行,普於一切,其心平等。唯願聖者為我宣說:菩薩云何學菩薩行、修菩薩道?隨所修習,疾得清淨,疾得明了!」 時,解脫長者以過去善根力、佛威神力、文殊師利童子憶念力故,即入菩薩三昧門,名:普攝一切佛剎無邊旋陀羅尼。入此三昧已,得清淨身。於其身中,顯現十方各十佛剎微塵數佛,及佛國土、眾會、道場、種種光明、諸莊嚴事,亦現彼佛往昔所行神通變化、一切大願、助道之法、諸出離行、清淨莊嚴,亦見諸佛成等正覺、轉妙法輪、教化眾生。如是一切,於其身中悉皆顯現,無所障礙;種種形相、種種次第,如本而住,不相雜亂,所謂:種種國土、種種眾會、種種道場、種種嚴飾。其中諸佛現種種神力、立種種乘道、示種種願門,或於一世界處兜率宮而作佛事,或於一世界沒兜率宮而作佛事;如是,或有住胎,或復誕生,或處宮中,或復出家,或詣道場,或破魔軍,或諸天、龍恭敬圍遶,或諸世主勸請說法,或轉法輪,或般涅槃,或分舍利,或起塔廟。彼諸如來於種種眾會、種種世間、種種趣生、種種家族、種種欲樂、種種業行、種種語言、種種根性、種種煩惱隨眠習氣諸眾生中,或處微細道場,或處廣大道場,或處一由旬量道場,或處十由旬量道場,或處不可說不可說佛剎微塵數由旬量道場,以種種神通、種種言辭、種種音聲、種種法門、種種總持門、種種辯才門,以種種聖諦海、種種無畏大師子吼,說諸眾生種種善根、種種憶念,授種種菩薩記,說種種諸佛法。 彼諸如來所有言說,善財童子悉能聽受,亦見諸佛及諸菩薩不可思議三昧神變。 爾時,解脫長者從三昧起,告善財童子言: 「善男子!我已入出如來無礙莊嚴解脫門。 「善男子!我入出此解脫門時,即見東方閻浮檀金光明世界,龍自在王如來、應、正等覺,道場眾會之所圍遶,毘盧遮那藏菩薩而為上首;又見南方速疾力世界,普香如來、應、正等覺,道場眾會之所圍遶,心王菩薩而為上首;又見西方香光世界,須彌燈王如來、應、正等覺,道場眾會之所圍遶,無礙心菩薩而為上首;又見北方袈裟幢世界,不可壞金剛如來、應、正等覺,道場眾會之所圍遶,金剛步勇猛菩薩而為上首;又見東北方一切上妙寶世界,無所得境界眼如來、應、正等覺,道場眾會之所圍遶,無所得善變化菩薩而為上首;又見東南方香焰光音世界,香燈如來、應、正等覺,道場眾會之所圍遶,金剛焰慧菩薩而為上首;又見西南方智慧日普光明世界,法界輪幢如來、應、正等覺,道場眾會之所圍遶,現一切變化幢菩薩而為上首;又見西北方普清淨世界,一切佛寶高勝幢如來、應、正等覺,道場眾會之所圍遶,法幢王菩薩而為上首;又見上方佛次第出現無盡世界,無邊智慧光圓滿幢如來、應、正等覺,道場眾會之所圍遶,法界門幢王菩薩而為上首;又見下方佛光明世界,無礙智幢如來、應、正等覺,道場眾會之所圍遶,一切世間剎幢王菩薩而為上首。 「善男子!我見如是等十方各十佛剎微塵數如來。彼諸如來不來至此,我不往彼。我若欲見安樂世界阿彌陀如來,隨意即見;我若欲見栴檀世界金剛光明如來、妙香世界寶光明如來、蓮華世界寶蓮華光明如來、妙金世界寂靜光如來、妙喜世界不動如來、善住世界師子如來、鏡光明世界月覺如來、寶師子莊嚴世界毘盧遮那如來,如是一切,悉皆即見。然彼如來不來至此,我身亦不往詣於彼。知一切佛及與我心,悉皆如夢;知一切佛猶如影像,自心如水;知一切佛所有色相及以自心,悉皆如幻;知一切佛及以己心,悉皆如響。我如是知,如是憶念:所見諸佛,皆由自心。 〔T10 0340〕 「善男子!當知菩薩修諸佛法,淨諸佛剎,積集妙行,調伏眾生,發大誓願,入一切智自在遊戲不可思議解脫之門,得佛菩提,現大神通,遍往一切十方法界,以微細智普入諸劫;如是一切,悉由自心。 「是故,善男子!應以善法扶助自心,應以法水潤澤自心,應於境界淨治自心,應以精進堅固自心,應以忍辱坦蕩自心,應以智證潔白自心,應以智慧明利自心,應以佛自在開發自心,應以佛平等廣大自心,應以佛十力照察自心。 「善男子!我唯於此如來無礙莊嚴解脫門而得入出。如諸菩薩摩訶薩得無礙智住無礙行,得常見一切佛三昧,得不住涅槃際三昧,了達三昧普門境界,於三世法悉皆平等,能善分身遍一切剎,住於諸佛平等境界,十方境界皆悉現前,智慧觀察無不明了,於其身中悉現一切世界成壞,而於己身及諸世界不生二想;如是妙行,而我云何能知能說? 「善男子!從此南行,至閻浮提畔,有一國土,名:摩利伽羅;彼有比丘,名曰:海幢。汝詣彼問:菩薩云何學菩薩行、修菩薩道?」 時,善財童子頂禮解脫長者足,右遶觀察,稱揚讚歎,思惟戀仰,悲泣流淚——一心憶念:依善知識,事善知識,敬善知識,由善知識見一切智;於善知識不生違逆,於善知識心無諂誑,於善知識心常隨順;於善知識起慈母想,捨離一切無益法故;於善知識起慈父想,出生一切諸善法故。——辭退而去。

The canonical text stands in Chinese only. This edition renders the essence, the plain reading, the exposition and the apparatus into English — never the sūtra itself. Switch to 漢讀本 or 並行雙語 above to read it.

白話Plain reading

思修前法:善財把前一位善友所教的十一個法門帶在身上

這時候,善財童子思惟諸位菩薩的無礙解陀羅尼光明莊嚴門(無礙解,就是四種通達無滯的辯解之智;陀羅尼,就是總持——把所聽聞的全都持住而不漏失),深入諸位菩薩的語言海門(一切言說如海之無量,菩薩能一一入之),憶念諸位菩薩知一切眾生微細方便門(知道眾生心行之細,而有相應之善巧),觀察諸位菩薩的清淨心門,成就諸位菩薩的善根光明門,淨治諸位菩薩的教化眾生門,明利諸位菩薩的攝眾生智門(明利,就是使它明澈而銳利),堅固諸位菩薩的廣大志樂門(志樂,就是心之所向與所愛樂),住持諸位菩薩的殊勝志樂門,淨治諸位菩薩的種種信解門(信解,就是信而能解、解而能信),思惟諸位菩薩的無量善心門。

顯修之益:這樣修下來,他成了什麼樣的人

他的誓願堅固,心裡沒有疲厭;以種種甲冑而自莊嚴(甲冑是鎧甲,這裡喻精進之自護),精進的深心不可退轉,具足了不可壞的信;他的心堅固,猶如金剛以及那羅延(那羅延是大力士之名,喻堅不可壞),沒有什麼能壞得了;他守持一切善知識的教誨,對種種境界得到不壞之智;他普門清淨(普門,就是一切門皆通),所行沒有障礙;智慧之光圓滿,普遍照著一切;他具足諸地的總持光明,了知法界種種的差別,而無所依、無所住,平等無二;自性清淨而普遍莊嚴,對於種種所行都得到究竟,智慧清淨而遠離種種執著;

他知道十方差別的法,智慧沒有障礙;他前往十方差別的處所,身體不疲不懈;對於十方差別的業,全都得到明了;對於十方差別的佛,沒有一位不現見;對於十方差別的時,全都得以深入;清淨的妙法充滿他的心,普智三昧明照他的心,他的心恆常普遍地入於平等的境界;他為如來的智慧所照觸,一切智之流相續而不斷絕,無論身或心都不離佛法;他為一切諸佛的神力所加持,為一切如來的光明所照;他成就了大願,願自己的身周遍一切剎網(剎網,就是諸佛國土交羅如網),願一切法界都普入他的身中。

趣求後友:走了十二年,到住林城

他就這樣漸漸地遊行,經過十二年,來到住林城,周遍地推求解脫長者。

見敬:見到了就五體投地

已經見到之後,他五體投地,起身站立,合掌,稟白說——

讚善知識難逢:十個「難」字

「聖者!我今天得以與善知識相會,這是我獲得的廣大善利。為什麼呢?善知識這樣的人,難以得見,難以得聞,難以出現於世,難以得到奉事的機會,難以得到親近,難以得到承接(承接,就是承受接引),難以逢值,難以得以共居,難以令他喜悅,難以得以隨逐而不離。我今天能夠會遇,這就是得了善利。

發心之相(一):為了要窮盡佛的境界

「聖者!我在先前已經發了阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心(就是無上正等正覺之心),是為了要事奉一切佛的緣故,為了要值遇一切佛的緣故,為了要見一切佛的緣故,為了要觀一切佛的緣故,為了要知一切佛的緣故,為了要證得一切佛的平等的緣故,為了要發起一切佛的大願的緣故,為了要圓滿一切佛的大願的緣故,為了要具足一切佛的智光的緣故,為了要成就一切佛的眾行的緣故,為了要得到一切佛的神通的緣故,為了要具足一切佛的諸力的緣故,為了要獲得一切佛的無畏的緣故,

發心之相(二):為了要窮盡法的源頭

「為了要聽聞一切佛法的緣故,為了要領受一切佛法的緣故,為了要住持一切佛法的緣故,為了要解了一切佛法的緣故,為了要守護一切佛法的緣故,

發心之相(三):為了要與菩薩之行齊等

「為了要與一切諸菩薩眾同一體的緣故,為了要與一切菩薩的善根相等而無差異的緣故,為了要圓滿一切菩薩的波羅蜜的緣故,為了要成就一切菩薩所修之行的緣故,為了要出生一切菩薩的清淨之願的緣故,為了要得到一切諸佛菩薩的威神藏的緣故,為了要得到一切菩薩的法藏無盡智慧大光明的緣故,為了要得到一切菩薩的三昧廣大藏的緣故,為了要成就一切菩薩無量無數的神通藏的緣故,為了要以大悲藏教化調伏一切眾生、全都使他們究竟到達邊際的緣故,為了要顯現神變藏的緣故,為了要在一切自在藏之中都以自己的心得自在的緣故,為了要入於清淨藏之中而以一切相莊嚴的緣故。

結前生後:我是以這樣的心來到您這裡的

「聖者!我今天是以這樣的心、這樣的意、這樣的樂、這樣的欲、這樣的希求、這樣的思惟、這樣的尊重、這樣的方便、這樣的究竟、這樣的謙下,來到聖者您這裡的。

讚能誘誨:我聽說您善能誘導教誨

「我聽說聖者您善能誘導教誨諸位菩薩,能夠以方便闡明自己所得的法,指示他們道路,給與他們津梁(津是渡口,梁是橋,喻過渡之具),授與他們法門;使他們除去迷倒之障,拔出猶豫之箭,截斷疑惑之網,照亮心中的稠林(稠林,喻煩惱之密而難出),洗濯心的垢濁,使心潔白,使心清涼,使諂曲之心變正,斷絕心的生死,止住心的不善,解開心的執著;在執著之處使心得解脫,在染愛之處使心轉動;使他們迅速入於一切智的境界,使他們快到無上的法城;使他們安住大悲,安住大慈,使他們入於菩薩之行,使他們修三昧門,使他們入於證位,使他們觀法性,使他們增長力,使他們修習行;普遍地對於一切,他們的心都得平等。

請說所疑:菩薩要怎麼學、怎麼修

「唯願聖者為我宣說——菩薩要怎樣學菩薩行、修菩薩道?隨著所修習的,怎樣才能快得清淨、快得明了?」

入定因緣與定名:他不先開口,他先入定

這時候,解脫長者以過去的善根之力、佛的威神之力、文殊師利童子的憶念之力的緣故,隨即入於菩薩的三昧門,名叫「普攝一切佛剎無邊旋陀羅尼」(普遍地攝取一切佛的國土在身中,無邊而旋轉總持)。

定中所現(一):身中現出十方各十佛剎微塵數佛

入了這個三昧之後,他得到清淨之身。在他的身中,顯現出十方各各十佛剎微塵數的佛,以及那些佛的國土、眾會、道場、種種光明、諸般莊嚴之事;也現出那些佛往昔所行的神通變化、一切大願、助道之法、種種出離之行、清淨莊嚴;也見到諸佛成等正覺、轉妙法輪、教化眾生。像這樣的一切,在他的身中全都顯現,沒有障礙;種種的形相、種種的次第,都如其本來的樣子而住,不相雜亂。

定中所現(二):種種國土·種種道場·處兜率宮乃至起塔廟

所謂:種種的國土、種種的眾會、種種的道場、種種的嚴飾。其中諸佛現種種的神力、立種種的乘道、示種種的願門。或者在某一世界處在兜率宮而作佛事,或者在某一世界從兜率宮沒而作佛事;像這樣,或者有的住胎,或者有的誕生,或者有的處在宮中,或者有的出家,或者有的前往道場,或者有的破魔軍,或者有的為諸天、諸龍所恭敬圍遶,或者有的為諸世間之主勸請說法,或者有的轉法輪,或者有的般涅槃,或者有的分舍利,或者有的起塔廟。

定中所現(三):對種種眾生·處種種道場·說種種法

那些如來,在種種的眾會、種種的世間、種種的趣生(趣生,就是所生的六道之趣)、種種的家族、種種的欲樂、種種的業行、種種的語言、種種的根性、種種的煩惱隨眠習氣的眾生之中(隨眠,就是煩惱之潛伏而隨逐不捨者),或者處在微細的道場,或者處在廣大的道場,或者處在一由旬量的道場(由旬是印度的里程之名),或者處在十由旬量的道場,或者處在不可說不可說佛剎微塵數由旬量的道場;以種種的神通、種種的言辭、種種的音聲、種種的法門、種種的總持門、種種的辯才門,以種種的聖諦海、種種無畏的大師子吼,說諸眾生種種的善根、種種的憶念,授與種種的菩薩之記,說種種的諸佛之法。

彰其得益:善財在定中都聽見了也看見了

那些如來所有的言說,善財童子全都能夠聽受;他也見到諸佛以及諸位菩薩不可思議的三昧神變。

起定與舉法門體:出定之後才報出法門的名字

這時候,解脫長者從三昧起,告訴善財童子說——

「善男子!我已經入出如來無礙莊嚴解脫門。

十方十佛(一):東方·南方·西方

「善男子!我入出這個解脫門的時候,就見到東方的閻浮檀金光明世界,龍自在王如來、應、正等覺,為道場眾會所圍遶,毘盧遮那藏菩薩作為上首;

「又見到南方的速疾力世界,普香如來、應、正等覺,為道場眾會所圍遶,心王菩薩作為上首;

「又見到西方的香光世界,須彌燈王如來、應、正等覺,為道場眾會所圍遶,無礙心菩薩作為上首;

十方十佛(二):北方·東北方·東南方

「又見到北方的袈裟幢世界,不可壞金剛如來、應、正等覺,為道場眾會所圍遶,金剛步勇猛菩薩作為上首;

「又見到東北方的一切上妙寶世界,無所得境界眼如來、應、正等覺,為道場眾會所圍遶,無所得善變化菩薩作為上首;

「又見到東南方的香焰光音世界,香燈如來、應、正等覺,為道場眾會所圍遶,金剛焰慧菩薩作為上首;

十方十佛(三):西南方·西北方·上方·下方

「又見到西南方的智慧日普光明世界,法界輪幢如來、應、正等覺,為道場眾會所圍遶,現一切變化幢菩薩作為上首;

「又見到西北方的普清淨世界,一切佛寶高勝幢如來、應、正等覺,為道場眾會所圍遶,法幢王菩薩作為上首;

「又見到上方的佛次第出現無盡世界,無邊智慧光圓滿幢如來、應、正等覺,為道場眾會所圍遶,法界門幢王菩薩作為上首;

「又見到下方的佛光明世界,無礙智幢如來、應、正等覺,為道場眾會所圍遶,一切世間剎幢王菩薩作為上首。

躡前總標:他們沒有來,我也沒有去

「善男子!我見到像這樣的十方各各十佛剎微塵數的如來。那些如來並沒有來到這裡,我也沒有前往那裡。

隨意廣見:我只要想見,就見到了

「我如果想見安樂世界的阿彌陀如來,隨我的意就見到了;我如果想見栴檀世界的金剛光明如來、妙香世界的寶光明如來、蓮華世界的寶蓮華光明如來、妙金世界的寂靜光如來、妙喜世界的不動如來、善住世界的師子如來、鏡光明世界的月覺如來、寶師子莊嚴世界的毘盧遮那如來——像這樣的一切,全都當下就見到了。然而那些如來並沒有來到這裡,我的身也沒有前往那裡。

四喻:夢·影·幻·響

「我知道一切佛以及與我的心,全都如夢;知道一切佛猶如水中的影像,而自己的心如水;知道一切佛所有的色相以及自己的心,全都如幻;知道一切佛以及自己的心,全都如響(響,就是山谷的回聲)。我這樣知,這樣憶念——所見到的諸佛,都是由於自己的心。

通結業用:不只念佛一事,萬行萬果都由自心

「善男子!應當知道:菩薩修諸佛之法,淨諸佛之剎,積集妙行,調伏眾生,發起大誓願,入於一切智自在遊戲不可思議的解脫之門,得佛的菩提,現大神通,遍往一切十方法界,以微細之智普入諸劫——像這樣的一切,全都是由於自己的心。

十法修治:所以要拿十樣東西來治這個心

「所以,善男子!應當以善法扶助自己的心,應當以法水潤澤自己的心,應當在境界上淨治自己的心,應當以精進堅固自己的心,應當以忍辱坦蕩自己的心,應當以智證潔白自己的心,應當以智慧明利自己的心,應當以佛的自在開發自己的心,應當以佛的平等廣大自己的心,應當以佛的十力照察自己的心。

謙己推勝:我只會這一門

「善男子!我只在這個如來無礙莊嚴解脫門上得以入出而已。至於諸位菩薩摩訶薩,他們得無礙之智、住無礙之行,得常見一切佛三昧,得不住涅槃際三昧,了達三昧的普門境界,對於三世之法全都平等,能夠善巧地分身遍於一切剎土,安住於諸佛平等的境界,十方的境界全都現前,以智慧觀察沒有不明了的,在自己的身中全都現出一切世界的成與壞,而對於自己的身以及諸世界不生二想——像這樣的妙行,我又怎麼能夠知、能夠說呢?

指示後友:往南去找海幢比丘

「善男子!從這裡往南行,到閻浮提的邊畔,有一個國土,名叫摩利伽羅;那裡有一位比丘,名叫海幢。你到他那裡去問——菩薩要怎樣學菩薩行、修菩薩道?」

戀德禮辭:一路走一路憶念善知識

這時候,善財童子頂禮解脫長者的足,向右繞行而觀察,稱揚讚歎,思惟戀仰,悲泣流淚——他一心憶念:要依止善知識,要事奉善知識,要恭敬善知識,由善知識而得見一切智;對善知識不生違逆,對善知識心無諂誑,對善知識心常隨順;對善知識起慈母之想,捨離一切無益之法的緣故;對善知識起慈父之想,出生一切諸善法的緣故。——然後他辭退而去。


Pondering and Cultivating the Former Dharma: Sudhana Carries with Him the Eleven Dharma Gates Taught by the Previous Good Friend

At this time, the youth Sudhana pondered the bodhisattvas' gate of adornment by the light of the dhāraṇī of unobstructed analytic understanding (unobstructed analytic understanding is the wisdom of the four kinds of penetrating and unimpeded explanation; a dhāraṇī is a holding-entire—it holds all that has been heard and lets none of it leak away), entered deeply into the bodhisattvas' gate of the ocean of speech (all speech is measureless as an ocean, and a bodhisattva is able to enter into every part of it), held in mind the bodhisattvas' gate of knowing the minutely fine skillful means for all beings (knowing the fineness of the mind-conduct of beings, and having a skillfulness that answers to it), observed the bodhisattvas' gate of the pure mind, accomplished the bodhisattvas' gate of the light of roots of goodness, purified the bodhisattvas' gate of transforming beings, made bright and keen the bodhisattvas' gate of the wisdom that gathers beings in (making bright and keen is making it clear and sharp), made firm the bodhisattvas' gate of vast aspiration and delight (aspiration and delight is what the mind turns toward and takes delight in), held and maintained the bodhisattvas' gate of surpassing aspiration and delight, purified the bodhisattvas' gate of the various kinds of faith and understanding (faith and understanding is to have faith and be able to understand, and to understand and be able to have faith), and pondered the bodhisattvas' gate of the measureless good mind.

Displaying the Benefit of the Cultivation: What Sort of Person He Became by Cultivating in This Way

His vows were firm and his mind knew no weariness; he adorned himself with every sort of armor (armor is a coat of mail, and here it is a likeness for the guarding of oneself by vigor), the deep mind of his vigor could not be turned back, and he was complete in a faith that cannot be broken; his mind was firm as the vajra and as Nārāyaṇa (Nārāyaṇa is the name of a strong man, a likeness for what is firm and cannot be broken), and there was nothing that could break it; he kept and maintained the instructions of all the good friends, and toward every sort of objective realm he obtained an unbreakable wisdom; he was pure in the universal gate (the universal gate is that all gates are passable), and what he practiced had no obstruction; the light of his wisdom was full and shone everywhere upon all; he was complete in the light of the holding-entire of the grounds, and knew the various differences of the Dharma realm, and yet had nothing to rely on and nowhere to abide, being equal and without duality; his own nature was pure and adorned everywhere, and in every sort of practice he obtained the ultimate, his wisdom pure and far from every sort of clinging;

he knew the differing dharmas of the ten directions, and his wisdom had no obstruction; he went to the differing places of the ten directions, and his body was neither weary nor slack; toward the differing karmas of the ten directions he obtained a full understanding of them all; among the differing Buddhas of the ten directions there was not one he did not see appear; into the differing times of the ten directions he obtained entrance deeply into them all; the pure and wondrous Dharma filled his mind, the samādhi of universal wisdom brightly illumined his mind, and his mind constantly and universally entered the realm of equality; he was touched by the shining of the Tathāgata's wisdom, the stream of all-knowledge continued unbroken in him, and neither in body nor in mind was he apart from the Buddha-dharma; he was sustained by the spiritual power of all the Buddhas and shone upon by the light of all the Tathāgatas; he accomplished the great vow that his own body should pervade all the nets of Buddha-fields (the nets of Buddha-fields is that the lands of the Buddhas interlace like a net), and that all the Dharma realm should universally enter into his body.

Going On to Seek the Next Friend: Twelve Years of Walking, and He Came to the City of Abiding Grove

Little by little he journeyed on in this way, and after twelve years he came to the city of Abiding Grove, and searched everywhere for the Elder Liberation.

Seeing and Paying Respect: Having Seen Him, He Cast the Five Parts of His Body to the Ground

Having seen him, he cast the five parts of his body to the ground, rose and stood, joined his palms, and spoke, saying—

Praising How Hard a Good Friend Is to Meet: Ten Words for ‘Hard’

“Holy one! Today I have been able to meet with a good friend, and this is a vast good gain that I have obtained. Why so? Because such a one as a good friend is hard to get sight of, hard to get hearing of, hard to appear in the world, hard to obtain the chance to serve, hard to obtain nearness to, hard to obtain the receiving of (receiving is to be received and drawn along), hard to meet with, hard to obtain dwelling together with, hard to gladden, hard to obtain the following after without parting. That today I am able to meet with him—this is to have obtained a good gain.

The Marks of Giving Rise to the Mind (One): In Order to Exhaust the Realm of the Buddhas

“Holy one! I have already given rise, before this, to the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi (that is, the mind of unsurpassed perfect awakening), and it was for the sake of serving all the Buddhas, for the sake of meeting with all the Buddhas, for the sake of seeing all the Buddhas, for the sake of observing all the Buddhas, for the sake of knowing all the Buddhas, for the sake of realizing the equality of all the Buddhas, for the sake of giving rise to the great vows of all the Buddhas, for the sake of fulfilling the great vows of all the Buddhas, for the sake of being complete in the light of the wisdom of all the Buddhas, for the sake of accomplishing the many practices of all the Buddhas, for the sake of obtaining the spiritual powers of all the Buddhas, for the sake of being complete in the powers of all the Buddhas, for the sake of gaining the fearlessnesses of all the Buddhas,

The Marks of Giving Rise to the Mind (Two): In Order to Exhaust the Source of the Dharma

“for the sake of hearing all the Buddha-dharma, for the sake of receiving all the Buddha-dharma, for the sake of holding and maintaining all the Buddha-dharma, for the sake of understanding all the Buddha-dharma, for the sake of guarding all the Buddha-dharma,

The Marks of Giving Rise to the Mind (Three): In Order to Be Equal to the Practice of the Bodhisattvas

“for the sake of being of one substance with all the assemblies of bodhisattvas, for the sake of being equal to and no different from the roots of goodness of all bodhisattvas, for the sake of fulfilling the pāramitās of all bodhisattvas, for the sake of accomplishing the practices cultivated by all bodhisattvas, for the sake of bringing forth the pure vows of all bodhisattvas, for the sake of obtaining the treasury of the majestic spiritual power of all Buddhas and bodhisattvas, for the sake of obtaining the great light of the inexhaustible wisdom of the treasury of the Dharma of all bodhisattvas, for the sake of obtaining the vast treasury of the samādhis of all bodhisattvas, for the sake of accomplishing the measureless and numberless treasury of spiritual powers of all bodhisattvas, for the sake of transforming and taming all beings with the treasury of great compassion and causing them all to reach the ultimate limit, for the sake of manifesting the treasury of spiritual transformations, for the sake of obtaining sovereignty by my own mind within all the treasuries of sovereignty, for the sake of entering into the pure treasury and adorning it with all marks.

Concluding What Precedes and Giving Rise to What Follows: It Is with Such a Mind That I Have Come to You

“Holy one! Today it is with such a mind, such an intent, such a delight, such a desire, such a hope and seeking, such a pondering, such a reverence, such a skillful means, such an ultimate, and such a humbling of myself that I have come here to the holy one.

Praising His Skill in Drawing On and Instructing: I Have Heard That You Are Well Able to Draw On and Instruct

“I have heard that the holy one is well able to draw on and instruct the bodhisattvas, being able by skillful means to make clear the Dharma he has himself obtained, to show them the road, to give them a ford and a bridge (a ford is a crossing place and a bridge is a span, a likeness for the means of getting across), and to confer upon them a dharma gate; to make them take away the obstruction of confusion and inversion, to draw out the arrow of hesitancy, to cut through the net of doubt, to light up the dense forest within the mind (the dense forest is a likeness for the afflictions, which are thick and hard to come out of), to wash the filth and turbidity of the mind, to make the mind clean and white, to make the mind cool, to make a fawning and crooked mind straight, to cut off the mind's birth-and-death, to stop the mind's unwholesomeness, to loosen the mind's clinging; to make the mind liberated in the very place of clinging, and to make the mind turn about in the very place of defiled love; to make them swiftly enter the realm of all-knowledge, to make them come quickly to the unsurpassed city of the Dharma; to make them abide securely in great compassion, to abide securely in great kindness, to make them enter the practice of a bodhisattva, to make them cultivate the gates of samādhi, to make them enter the stage of realization, to make them observe the nature of dharmas, to make them increase their power, to make them cultivate and practice; and universally, toward all, that their minds should be equal.

Requesting the Telling of What He Doubts: How Is a Bodhisattva to Study and to Cultivate

“I only pray that the holy one will expound for me—how is a bodhisattva to study the practice of a bodhisattva and to cultivate the path of a bodhisattva? And in accord with what he cultivates, how may he swiftly obtain purity and swiftly obtain clear understanding?”

The Cause and Condition of Entering the Concentration, and the Name of the Concentration: He Does Not Speak First; He First Enters Concentration

At this time, the Elder Liberation, by the power of roots of goodness in the past, by the power of the majestic spiritual power of the Buddha, and by the power of the mindfulness of the youth Mañjuśrī, at once entered a bodhisattva's gate of samādhi, named “the dhāraṇī of the boundless whirling that universally gathers in all the Buddha-fields” (universally gathering in all the lands of the Buddhas within his body, boundless and whirling and holding entire).

What Appeared Within the Concentration (One): There Appeared in His Body Buddhas as Many as the Dust Motes of Ten Buddha-Fields in Each of the Ten Directions

Having entered this samādhi, he obtained a pure body. Within his body there appeared Buddhas as many as the dust motes of ten Buddha-fields in each of the ten directions, together with the lands of those Buddhas, their assemblies, their places of awakening, their every sort of light, and their many adornments; there appeared as well the spiritual transformations those Buddhas had practiced in the past, all their great vows, their dharmas that aid the path, their every sort of practice of coming forth and away, and their pure adornments; and there was seen as well the Buddhas' accomplishing of equal right awakening, turning of the wondrous wheel of the Dharma, and transforming of beings. All such things as these appeared wholly within his body without obstruction; every sort of form and mark, every sort of sequence, abode as it originally was, without confusion among them.

What Appeared Within the Concentration (Two): Every Sort of Land · Every Sort of Place of Awakening · From Dwelling in the Tuṣita Palace On to the Raising of Stūpas and Temples

That is to say: every sort of land, every sort of assembly, every sort of place of awakening, every sort of adorning. Among them the Buddhas manifested every sort of spiritual power, set up every sort of vehicle and path, and showed every sort of gate of vows. Whether in a certain world dwelling in the Tuṣita palace and doing the work of a Buddha, or in a certain world passing away from the Tuṣita palace and doing the work of a Buddha; and so likewise, some dwelling in the womb, some being born, some dwelling within the palace, some going forth from the household, some going to the place of awakening, some breaking the armies of Māra, some being reverenced and surrounded by the gods and the nāgas, some being requested by the lords of the world to tell the Dharma, some turning the wheel of the Dharma, some entering parinirvāṇa, some dividing the relics, some raising stūpas and temples.

What Appeared Within the Concentration (Three): To Every Sort of Being · In Every Sort of Place of Awakening · Telling Every Sort of Dharma

Those Tathāgatas, in the midst of beings of every sort of assembly, of every sort of world, of every sort of destiny of birth (a destiny of birth is one of the six destinies into which one is born), of every sort of family, of every sort of desire and delight, of every sort of karmic conduct, of every sort of speech, of every sort of faculty, of every sort of affliction, latent tendency, and habit-energy (a latent tendency is an affliction that lies dormant and follows after without letting go), whether dwelling in a minutely fine place of awakening, or dwelling in a vast place of awakening, or dwelling in a place of awakening measuring one yojana (a yojana is an Indian name for a measure of road), or dwelling in a place of awakening measuring ten yojanas, or dwelling in a place of awakening measuring as many yojanas as the dust motes of unspeakably unspeakable Buddha-fields; with every sort of spiritual power, every sort of wording, every sort of voice, every sort of dharma gate, every sort of gate of holding-entire, every sort of gate of eloquence, with every sort of ocean of the holy truths and every sort of fearless great lion's roar, told of the beings' every sort of root of goodness and every sort of holding in mind, conferred every sort of prediction upon the bodhisattvas, and told of every sort of dharma of the Buddhas.

Displaying the Benefit He Obtained: Within the Concentration Sudhana Both Heard and Saw It All

Of all the words those Tathāgatas spoke, the youth Sudhana was wholly able to hear and receive them; and he saw as well the inconceivable samādhis and spiritual transformations of the Buddhas and of the bodhisattvas.

Rising from the Concentration and Raising the Substance of the Dharma Gate: Only After Coming Out of the Concentration Does He Say the Name of the Dharma Gate

At this time, the Elder Liberation rose from the samādhi and told the youth Sudhana, saying—

“Son of good family! I have entered and come out of the Tathāgatas' gate of liberation of unobstructed adornment.

The Ten Buddhas of the Ten Directions (One): The East · The South · The West

“Son of good family! When I enter and come out of this gate of liberation, I see in the east the world Jambū-River Gold Light, and the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One Dragon Sovereign King, surrounded by the assembly of the place of awakening, with the bodhisattva Vairocana Treasury as foremost among them;

“and I see in the south the world Swift Power, and the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One Universal Fragrance, surrounded by the assembly of the place of awakening, with the bodhisattva Mind King as foremost among them;

“and I see in the west the world Fragrant Light, and the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One Sumeru Lamp King, surrounded by the assembly of the place of awakening, with the bodhisattva Unobstructed Mind as foremost among them;

The Ten Buddhas of the Ten Directions (Two): The North · The Northeast · The Southeast

“and I see in the north the world Kāṣāya Banner, and the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One Unbreakable Vajra, surrounded by the assembly of the place of awakening, with the bodhisattva Vajra Stride Valiant as foremost among them;

“and I see in the northeast the world All Supreme and Wondrous Jewels, and the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One Eye of the Realm of Nothing Obtained, surrounded by the assembly of the place of awakening, with the bodhisattva Good Transformation of Nothing Obtained as foremost among them;

“and I see in the southeast the world Fragrant Flame Light and Sound, and the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One Fragrant Lamp, surrounded by the assembly of the place of awakening, with the bodhisattva Vajra Flame Wisdom as foremost among them;

The Ten Buddhas of the Ten Directions (Three): The Southwest · The Northwest · Above · Below

“and I see in the southwest the world Sun of Wisdom Universal Light, and the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One Dharma-Realm Wheel Banner, surrounded by the assembly of the place of awakening, with the bodhisattva Manifesting All Transformations Banner as foremost among them;

“and I see in the northwest the world Universally Pure, and the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One Banner Lofty and Surpassing among All Buddha-Jewels, surrounded by the assembly of the place of awakening, with the bodhisattva Dharma Banner King as foremost among them;

“and I see above the world Buddhas Appearing in Succession Without End, and the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One Full Banner of Boundless Light of Wisdom, surrounded by the assembly of the place of awakening, with the bodhisattva Dharma-Realm Gate Banner King as foremost among them;

“and I see below the world Buddha Light, and the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One Unobstructed Wisdom Banner, surrounded by the assembly of the place of awakening, with the bodhisattva Banner King of All the Fields of the World as foremost among them.

Taking Up What Precedes and Marking It in General: They Did Not Come, and I Did Not Go

“Son of good family! I see Tathāgatas such as these, as many as the dust motes of ten Buddha-fields in each of the ten directions. Those Tathāgatas did not come here, and I did not go there.

Seeing Widely at Will: I Have Only to Wish to See, and I See

“If I wish to see the Tathāgata Amitābha of the world Peace and Bliss, then according with my intent I see him; if I wish to see the Tathāgata Vajra Light of the world Sandalwood, the Tathāgata Jewel Light of the world Wondrous Fragrance, the Tathāgata Jewel Lotus Flower Light of the world Lotus Flower, the Tathāgata Quiescent Light of the world Wondrous Gold, the Tathāgata Unmoving of the world Wondrous Joy, the Tathāgata Lion of the world Well Abiding, the Tathāgata Moon Awakening of the world Mirror Light, the Tathāgata Vairocana of the world Jewel Lion Adornment—all such as these I see at once, then and there. And yet those Tathāgatas did not come here, and my body did not go there.

The Four Similes: Dream · Reflected Image · Illusion · Echo

“I know that all the Buddhas and my own mind are wholly like a dream; I know that all the Buddhas are like a reflected image and that my own mind is like water; I know that all the color and mark the Buddhas have, and my own mind as well, are wholly like an illusion; I know that all the Buddhas and my own mind are wholly like an echo (an echo is the sound that returns in a valley). Knowing thus and holding it in mind thus—the Buddhas that are seen are all by one's own mind.

Concluding in General the Working of It: Not the One Matter of Mindfulness of the Buddha Only, but the Myriad Practices and the Myriad Fruits Are All by One's Own Mind

“Son of good family! You should know that a bodhisattva's cultivating of the dharmas of the Buddhas, purifying of the fields of the Buddhas, gathering up of wondrous practices, taming of beings, giving rise to great vows, entering into the inconceivable gate of liberation of sovereign sporting in all-knowledge, obtaining of the Buddha's awakening, manifesting of great spiritual powers, going everywhere throughout all the Dharma realm of the ten directions, and universal entering into all the kalpas with a minutely fine wisdom—all such things as these are wholly by one's own mind.

Ten Dharmas for the Governing of the Mind: Therefore One Must Take Ten Things to Govern This Mind

“Therefore, son of good family, one should aid one's own mind with good dharmas, one should moisten one's own mind with the water of the Dharma, one should purify and govern one's own mind upon objective realms, one should make one's own mind firm with vigor, one should make one's own mind level and open with patience, one should make one's own mind clean and white with the realization of wisdom, one should make one's own mind bright and keen with wisdom, one should open out one's own mind with the sovereignty of the Buddhas, one should make one's own mind vast with the equality of the Buddhas, one should illumine and examine one's own mind with the ten powers of the Buddhas.

Humbling Himself and Deferring to the Superior: I Know Only This One Gate

“Son of good family! I have obtained entering and coming out only upon this gate of liberation of the Tathāgatas' unobstructed adornment. As for the bodhisattva-mahāsattvas, they obtain unobstructed wisdom and abide in unobstructed practice, they obtain the samādhi of constantly seeing all the Buddhas, they obtain the samādhi of not abiding in the limit of nirvāṇa, they fully understand the universal-gate realm of samādhi, they are wholly equal toward the dharmas of the three times, they are able with skill to divide their bodies throughout all the fields, they abide in the realm of the equality of the Buddhas, the realms of the ten directions are all present before them, they observe with wisdom and there is nothing they do not clearly understand, and within their own bodies they wholly manifest the forming and the breaking up of all the worlds, and yet toward their own bodies and the worlds they do not give rise to a thought of two—of such wondrous practices as these, how could I know or tell?

Pointing to the Next Friend: Go South and Look for the Monk Ocean Banner

“Son of good family! From here journey south, to the shore of Jambudvīpa, where there is a land named Marigala; there is a monk there named Ocean Banner. Go there and ask him—how is a bodhisattva to study the practice of a bodhisattva and to cultivate the path of a bodhisattva?”

Cherishing His Virtue, Bowing, and Taking Leave: Walking On and Holding the Good Friend in Mind as He Walked

At this time, the youth Sudhana bowed to the feet of the Elder Liberation, circled him to the right and beheld him, extolled and praised him, pondered and gazed up with longing, and wept and shed tears—with a single mind he held in mind: to rely upon the good friend, to serve the good friend, to revere the good friend, and by the good friend to get sight of all-knowledge; toward the good friend to give rise to no going against him, toward the good friend to have no fawning or deceit in mind, toward the good friend to have a mind that constantly accords; toward the good friend to give rise to the thought of a kind mother, for the sake of leaving behind all dharmas without benefit; toward the good friend to give rise to the thought of a kind father, for the sake of bringing forth all good dharmas.—And then he took his leave and went.

義疏Exposition

走了十二年才到的一段路:善財把前一位善友的教法帶著走

善財離開彌伽之後,經文沒有立刻讓他見到下一位善友,先給了一段很長的敘述:他「思惟諸菩薩無礙解陀羅尼光明莊嚴門」,接著深入語言海門、憶念微細方便門、觀察清淨心門、成就善根光明門、淨治教化眾生門、明利攝眾生智門、堅固廣大志樂門、住持殊勝志樂門、淨治種種信解門、思惟無量善心門——一共十一句。

澄觀科這一段為『依教趣求』的前半,並判「初十一句思修前法,初總、餘別」。也就是說,第一句是總,其下十句是別。所謂『思修前法』,是把上一位善友所授的法,拿在手上一路思惟一路修——不是聽完就過。

十個別門逐一看下去,會發現經文替每一門都配了一個動詞,而動詞是揀過的:十門之動詞十見而九形——『淨治』二見,其餘八門各用一形。第二門用「深入」,所深入者是語言海——善友之教是靠語言傳的,所以第一件事是往語言的深處去,不是停在聽見。第三門用「憶念」,所憶念者是知一切眾生微細方便——方便最細,最容易過目即忘,所以配憶念。第四門用「觀察」,所觀者是清淨心門——心是拿來看的,不是拿來想的。第五門用「成就」,所成者是善根光明。第六門用「淨治」,所治者是教化眾生門——替人說法的那一念最容易夾雜自己,所以要治。第七門用「明利」,所利者是攝眾生智——智若鈍,攝不住人。第八門「堅固」廣大志樂、第九門「住持」殊勝志樂:志樂有廣、勝二種,廣者怕退所以配堅固,勝者怕失所以配住持。第十門再用一次「淨治」,所治者是種種信解。第十一門回到「思惟」,所思者是無量善心——與第一門同用思惟二字,一起一收。

排一個誤解:這十門容易被看成十個名目的堆疊。經文寫的其實是十種不同的用功手法——深入、憶念、觀察、成就、淨治、明利、堅固、住持、淨治、思惟。落到地上:同一段法,對不同的部分要下不同的手;問自己對某一門用的是哪一個動詞,常比問記不記得那個名目有用。

這裡要先排一個誤解。一般讀五十三參,容易把注意力全放在『見到誰、得了什麼法門』,把兩位善友之間的路程當成過場。經文偏偏不肯這樣寫。它把路上做的事寫得比見面還長。落到地上:一段教法真正生效的地方,不在聽的那一刻,在下一次見人之前的那一段路上。

十一句之後的那一大段:修出來的人是什麼樣子

十一句「門」說完,經文轉調,從「誓願堅固,心無疲厭」起,一路寫下去——以諸甲冑而自莊嚴、精進深心不可退轉、具不壞信、其心堅固猶如金剛及那羅延、守持一切善知識教、普門清淨、智光圓滿、具足諸地總持光明、了知法界種種差別、無依無住平等無二……直到「成就大願,願身周遍一切剎網,一切法界普入其身」。

澄觀判此為「後「誓願堅固」下顯修之益」——這一大段不是另起一事,是前十一句修下來的果。

這一大段可以再分幾節看。開頭四句說願與信:誓願堅固、心無疲厭、以諸甲冑而自莊嚴、精進深心不可退轉,末以「具不壞信」收——甲冑是比方,說的是不被境界穿透;不退轉與不壞信是一事之兩說,一就行說、一就信說。接著以金剛與那羅延兩個比方結心之堅,再轉到「守持一切善知識教,於諸境界得不壞智」——這一句把前面的信落到事上:所守的是善知識之教,所得的是在境界裡不壞的智。

再下一節說所行與所照:普門清淨、所行無礙、智光圓滿、普照一切,然後是「具足諸地總持光明,了知法界種種差別,無依無住,平等無二」。差別與平等在此一句之內並說,是本段後文身中現剎而「不相雜亂」之所本。

這一節裡還有六句不可跳過,經文與前引諸句是一氣接下來的。前三句是「自性清淨而普莊嚴,於諸所行皆得究竟,智慧清淨離諸執著」:自性清淨在先而普莊嚴在後——不是先莊嚴而後求淨,是本淨故所莊嚴者處處是莊嚴;所行皆得究竟,是就行之終說,不是就行之多說;智慧清淨而所離者是執著,可見此處之『淨』不指知見之廣,指不黏。後三句是「清淨妙法充滿其心,普智三昧明照其心,心恒普入平等境界」,三句都繫在『心』上:一是法充其心,二是定照其心,三是心入平等之境——所充、所照、所入次第井然,先有法在心中,次有定照此心,末乃此心恒入平等。合此六句看,前三就自性、所行、智慧說,後三就心之所受、所照、所入說;六句既足,下文十方五句之差別才有承受之處:能入平等,方能於差別而不亂。

第三節是十方之五句:知十方差別法、往十方差別處、於十方差別業、於十方差別佛、於十方差別時——法、處、業、佛、時,逐句實計為五,每一句都以「差別」二字立,而所差別者各不同:一是所知之法,二是所往之處,三是所了之業,四是所見之佛,五是所入之時。

末一節是佛力所加:如來智慧之所照觸、一切智流相續不斷、若身若心不離佛法、一切諸佛神力所加、一切如來光明所照,最後才是「成就大願,願身周遍一切剎網,一切法界普入其身」。

看這四節的走向:從自己的願與信起,到行與智,到十方之差別,到佛力之加被,末了才敢說法界普入其身。落到地上:一句看似最大的話,是前面一串小話一級一級墊上去的;抽掉哪一級,那句大話就成了空話。

值得留意的是這段的走向。它從「心無疲厭」這種很近人的話起頭,走到「知十方差別法」「往十方差別處」「於十方差別佛,無不現見」,最後落在「一切法界普入其身」。一個人的身,怎麼會有法界普入其中?這一句在這裡看似誇張,其實是伏筆——底下解脫長者所現的,正是身中容一切佛剎。經文先在善財身上說了一遍,才在善友身上演了一遍。落到地上:讀到看似鋪張的形容句,先別跳過,看看它是不是在替後文立柱。

十二年與住林城:古德在這兩個名字上讀出了什麼

接下來只有一句話:「漸次遊行,十有二年,至住林城,周遍推求解脫長者。」

十二年這個數字,古德都沒有放過。澄觀舉了三種讀法——「十二年者,昔云自分勝進,各修六度故,亦顯遍觀十二住故。亦表不住十二緣故,故云遊行」。前一義是舊說:自分與勝進兩重,各修六度,合為十二。次一義是遍觀十二住。第三義最要緊:表不住十二因緣,所以叫『遊行』——行而不住,這才接得上底下這位善友的名字。澄觀自己就把這條線拉到底:不住緣則得解脫,所以下文才說『得見』。

法藏只取古人的六度一義。李通玄則專就十二緣立說,並把它與第二位善友海雲比丘的十二年作對照——海雲住海門國十二年,是觀十二緣而出世;解脫長者這裡的十二年,李通玄判為在十二緣生法中行於世間。同一個數字,一個表出離,一個表處俗。

至於『住林城』之名,法藏給了三讀:行德建立叫作林,安固不動叫作住;又此長者棲止於大林長道之處,因以為名;又此長者住在三昧之中,身內廣現佛境依正因果,多如林。李通玄則直接說城名住林,是因為一切心境本自是法界無礙的解脫禪定之林。

排一個誤解:這些解名不是文字遊戲。它們是古德讀經的一種手法——先問這個名字為什麼在這裡出現,而不是只當作地圖上的一點。落到地上:讀到專名,不妨先問一句『放在這一位善友身上,這名字合不合』。

見面第一件事:五體投地

「既得見已,五體投地,起立合掌,白言」——澄觀科此為『見敬諮問』之初,即『見敬』。

短短十四個字,動作有四:投地、起立、合掌、白言。李通玄於此還讀出一層:見已五體投地,是真俗無依、五位同會;合掌,是真俗會而不二。這是他一貫的表法之軌,明繫於他,不必與經文直說相混。

要點出的是次第:先身,後口。善財不是一見面就開口問法,先把身放到地上。落到地上:求法的姿態不是先擺出問題,是先把自己放低。

十個「難」:讚善知識為什麼要用這麼多否定詞

善財一開口,先不問法,先說難——「善知識者,難可得見,難可得聞,難可出現,難得奉事,難得親近,難得承接,難可逢值,難得共居,難令喜悅,難得隨逐。」十個難字連下,末以「我今會遇,為得善利」收。

澄觀對此只給了一句釋,卻很傳神:「而自慶者,希望多年故。」——他所以自慶,是因為盼了很多年。上文才說走了十二年,這裡的十個難就有了重量:不是修辭上的謙辭,是走過那條路的人說得出的話。

排一個誤解:讀者容易把這十句當成客套的讚辭。經文其實在做一件別的事——它在給善知識定價。定得越高,底下所請之法才承得住。落到地上:對法的珍重,是從對授法者的珍重上長出來的;這一段是善財自己先把心價擺正。

發心之相(一):為了要窮盡佛的境界

接著善財自陳發心。澄觀判此段「先總、後「為欲」下別陳發心之相」,別陳又三,第一是欲上窮佛境。

經文從「為欲事一切佛故」起,事佛、值佛、見佛、觀佛、知佛,然後轉深——「為欲證一切佛平等故」,再轉到願、智光、眾行、神通、諸力、無畏。

別陳發心之相逐句實計為三十一句,澄觀三科所分是十三、五、十三:科一上窮佛境十三句,科二罄盡法源五句,科三齊菩薩行十三句。三科之中最短的是第二科,只有五句;兩頭各十三句而中間只五句,這個形狀本身就有話說——佛與菩薩要說得詳,法反而說得簡,因為法之事在聞受持解護五個字上,多說無益。

科一之十三句逐項是:事佛、值佛、見佛、觀佛、知佛,此五句是與佛相接;證一切佛平等一句是轉關;其下發一切佛大願、滿一切佛大願二句,發與滿分開說——發是起頭,滿是到底,經文不肯把它合成一句;再下具智光、成眾行、得神通、具諸力、獲無畏五句,是佛所具之德。五、一、二、五,合為十三。

落到地上:讀一串排比句,先數清楚有幾句,再看它在哪裡換氣。換氣之處就是義理的關節。

看它的次第:先是外面的接觸(事、值、見),然後是內裡的認識(觀、知),然後是與佛平等,最後才是佛所具的功德。這一串不是隨口鋪排,是一條由親近到證入的路。落到地上:發心若只停在『我要見佛』,還在第一段;經文把它一直推到『證一切佛平等』。

發心之相(二):為了要窮盡法的源頭

第二段自「為欲聞一切佛法故」起。澄觀科此為「欲罄盡法源」。聞、受、持、解、護——五個動詞連下,是對法的一套完整態度:聽進來、接下來、守住、通達、護持。

然後轉入僧——「為欲與一切諸菩薩眾同一體故」「為欲與一切菩薩善根等無異故」,再到波羅蜜、所修行、清淨願。澄觀於此判「三「為欲與一切」下欲齊菩薩行,亦僧寶境」。

排一個誤解:以為聞法的目的是知道得多。經文五個動詞裡,只有一個是「解」,其餘四個都是行為——聞、受、持、護。落到地上:檢查自己對某一段法的關係,可以逐一過這五個字,看斷在哪一個上。

發心之相(三):行五藏八——五句就菩薩之行,八句是「藏」

第三段自「為欲與一切諸菩薩眾同一體故」起,十三句分兩截:前五句就菩薩之行說——與諸菩薩眾同一體、與菩薩善根等無異、圓滿波羅蜜、成就所修行、出生清淨願;後八句才一連串「藏」:威神藏、法藏無盡智慧大光明、三昧廣大藏、神通藏、大悲藏、神變藏、自在藏、清淨藏。

『藏』是含容而未盡出之義。這一串所求的,不是一件件現成的功德,是那個能出生功德的庫。末句尤要注意——「為欲入於清淨藏中以一切相而莊嚴故」。澄觀《鈔》指出這一句與底下的問是一氣的:前面說『為欲入於清淨藏中,以一切相而莊嚴故』,就是為了請問『怎樣才能入於清淨藏中』。發心之相的每一句,其實都埋著一個問。

八藏之中有兩句不止是名目,經文各帶一句限定,須分別讀出。一是大悲藏,經文作「為欲以大悲藏教化調伏一切眾生皆令究竟到邊際故」:此句不說『得』大悲藏而說『以』大悲藏——藏在此是所用而非所收,用之何為?教化調伏一切眾生;到什麼地步為止?「皆令究竟到邊際」。前七句之願多止於自分之所得,此一句獨轉向眾生,且以邊際為限,是八藏中唯一把他人之究竟寫進所願的一句。二是自在藏,經文作「為於一切自在藏中悉以自心得自在故」:不說於藏中得自在,說「悉以自心得自在」——自在之所依是自心,不是藏。這一句與本段末尾『所見諸佛皆由自心』是同一條線:長者所示之法界在心,善財所發之願亦以心為得自在之處。末句清淨藏之「以一切相而莊嚴」已於上文說;合此三句看,八藏之末三句各有落處——一落眾生,一落自心,一落莊嚴。

看這個次序:先舉與菩薩同體、善根無異,然後才談波羅蜜與所修之行,末了才求那個能出生一切的庫。也就是說,『藏』列在同體與等善根之後,是同一串所願的後半,不是另起的所求。落到地上:同體與等善根在前,求藏在後,是願的次第,不是資格的門檻。

落到地上:所發之願若說得出,所問之法就問得準;問不出問題,多半是願還沒有說清楚。

我是以這樣的心來的:結前生後

「聖者!我今以如是心、如是意、如是樂、如是欲、如是希求、如是思惟、如是尊重、如是方便、如是究竟、如是謙下,至聖者所。」

澄觀科此為請問三分之初——「初結前生後,謂結前發心之相,便為請問之端,故云以如是心至聖者所」。十個「如是」,一一回指上文所發之心。這是一個接榫:把前面那一大段發心,收成一句『我是帶著這些來的』。

留意末一個字:謙下。前九個都在說心之高遠,最後一個轉回低處。落到地上:問法之前把自己交代清楚,不是自陳功勞,是讓對方知道要對什麼樣的心說話——而交代的末一句,是謙。

讚能誘誨:善知識做的事,經文列了二十幾樣

「我聞聖者善能誘誨諸菩薩眾」以下,澄觀科為『讚能誘誨』。經文先說四事:闡明所得、示其道路、與其津梁、授其法門;再說一長串「令」——令除迷倒障、拔猶豫箭、截疑惑網、照心稠林、澣心垢濁、令心潔白、使心清涼、正心諂曲、絕心生死、止心不善、解心執著。

這一串的譬喻很集中:障、箭、網、稠林、垢濁。疑惑是網,猶豫是箭,煩惱是密林——都是纏縛與難出之物。而所用的動詞是除、拔、截、照、澣。

其下又轉:「於執著處令心解脫,於染愛處使心動轉」——這兩句最見手眼。不是把執著之處挪開,是就在執著之處使心解脫;不是離開染愛,是在染愛之處使心轉動。末以「普於一切,其心平等」收。

這兩句之後,經文還有十件事,才落到「普於一切,其心平等」。逐項實計為十:令其速入一切智境、使其疾到無上法城、令住大悲、令住大慈、令入菩薩行、令修三昧門、令入證位、令觀法性、令增長力、令修習行。

這十件可以分三截。前二件都帶一個『疾』字的意思——速入智境、疾到法城,說的是善知識能省人的路。中間四件是心地與行門:住大悲、住大慈、入菩薩行、修三昧門;要留意經文把悲放在慈之前,與尋常合說『慈悲』的次序相反,先動於拔苦,後及於與樂。後四件是證與觀:入證位、觀法性、增長力、修習行——末一件不是最高的一件,卻是最實的一件,整串到此落回「修習行」三字。

末後「普於一切,其心平等」一句不在十件之內,是總收:前面所令的每一件都有對象、有偏向,這一句把偏向收平。落到地上:一位善知識所給的,不只是往上的十級階梯,還有最後那一句把階梯拉平的話。

落到地上:善知識之用不在替人搬走境界,在就著現成的境界把心鬆開。

請說所疑:一問到底的那一句

「唯願聖者為我宣說:菩薩云何學菩薩行、修菩薩道?隨所修習,疾得清淨,疾得明了!」

這是五十三參共有的問句形式,而此處多了後半——不只問怎麼修,還問怎麼修才快得清淨、快得明了。

法藏在此立了一條通則,值得記住:他說諸文都是先述自己發菩提心,然後請法;由此可驗,要受大法必須先發此心,不發此心就不是這個法的器。他還加了一句——這是佛法的大轍,應當思而記之。

排一個誤解:以為問法是把疑問拋出去。經文的次序是發心在前、問句在後,問句只是發心的末一句。落到地上:問不出好問題的時候,回頭看願發得夠不夠具體,往往比再想問題有用。

不開口的答覆:他先入定

問完了,經文沒有給答案,給了一個動作:「時,解脫長者以過去善根力、佛威神力、文殊師利童子憶念力故,即入菩薩三昧門,名:普攝一切佛剎無邊旋陀羅尼。」

澄觀科『正示法界』分二,初是入定默示、後是出定言答,並解釋這裡為何要先入定——他說此中入定而示,也顯這一位所寄之位定增上。

三種力也各有所表。澄觀釋:初彰入定因緣,宿善為因,表自修;後二為緣,主佛威力表本覺,文殊念力顯信智。法藏則對文殊之力另有一讀,說是善財與善友互不相捨之力。

定名也不是隨手安的。澄觀釋此名說,是普攝諸剎在於身中,由唯心之智稱性總持,令如體用旋轉無礙,所以取這個名。法藏則就境與智分:攝剎是從境立目,旋持是從智立名。

落到地上:這一段最堪玩味的是形式本身——被問了一個『怎麼修』的問題,答覆卻是先閉口入定。有些法不是先講明白再讓人看,是先讓人看見了才講。

身中現十方佛剎:所現的不只是佛

「入此三昧已,得清淨身。於其身中,顯現十方各十佛剎微塵數佛」——接著經文一層層加。先是佛,然後是佛國土、眾會、道場、光明、莊嚴事;然後是那些佛往昔的神通變化、大願、助道之法、出離行、清淨莊嚴;然後是見諸佛成等正覺、轉妙法輪、教化眾生。

再往下,是自「處兜率宮」至「起塔廟」一路的鋪排:處兜率宮、沒兜率宮、住胎、誕生、處宮中、出家、詣道場、破魔軍、天龍圍遶、世主請法、轉法輪、般涅槃、分舍利、起塔廟。此段八十本逐句實列十四事;法藏《探玄記》就六十本判此為『現佛八相權化攝生』,是疏家就彼本所立之數,八十本經文並無「八相」二字,讀者勿以八相之名逕作經文自有之判。最後是佛對種種眾生、於種種道場、以種種法門而說法。

這一段的「種種」不是含糊之詞,逐處都是可以數的。所對之眾生逐項實計為九類:眾會、世間、趣生、家族、欲樂、業行、語言、根性、煩惱隨眠習氣——由外而內排下來,前四是所處的圈子與出身,中三是所好、所作、所說,後二才是根與惑,最深的一項放在最後。所處之道場逐項實計為五類:微細道場、廣大道場、一由旬量、十由旬量、不可說不可說佛剎微塵數由旬量——由最小起,到最大止,中間兩級是可數的量,末一級是不可說之量,五級一氣拉開。所施之教逐項實計為六門:神通、言辭、音聲、法門、總持門、辯才門——前三是能傳的器,後三是所傳的法與持法說法之能。

九、五、六三個數字擺在一起,正好說明前文那四個字。所謂「不相雜亂」,不是說一片渾同的光,是說九類眾生不混作一類、五等道場不併作一等、六門施教不揉成一門。身中容得下這一切,而每一項仍舊各是各的。落到地上:讀到一串「種種」不必急著讀過,數一數它到底是幾種——經文之所以要數得出,正是為了證那四個字。

要點出兩句。一是「如是一切,於其身中悉皆顯現,無所障礙」;二是「種種形相、種種次第,如本而住,不相雜亂」。前一句說容得下,後一句說不混。容得下而不混,才是此段之奇——不是把萬物壓成一團塞進身裡,是各如其本相而住。

澄觀判法門名「如來無礙莊嚴」有五義:一切如來各具一切無礙莊嚴、一一如來互遍無礙、一切如來莊嚴悉入長者之身、長者徹見十方佛海、長者智持不以為礙。他的《鈔》就第三義發揮得最遠:以身不大而剎不小,亦無來去,互遍無礙;含剎之身入身中之剎,身中剎內之身又能容剎,所容之剎又能有身,所以身身無窮、剎剎無盡。

法藏則只立四義,沒有第五「智持」一義。誌錄不判。

善財在定中得的益:他不是旁觀者

「彼諸如來所有言說,善財童子悉能聽受,亦見諸佛及諸菩薩不可思議三昧神變。」

澄觀科此為「三「彼諸如來所有言」下。令善財聞見」,法藏則說是善財入了前面所現的法界,聞彼身內佛所說之法,又見彼身內佛之神力。

這一句很短,卻是整個入定默示之所以成立的關鍵。如果只是解脫長者自己在定中見了佛,那與善財無關;經文明說善財「悉能聽受」——他不是站在外面看一個人入定,他進去了。

落到地上:一場真正的示法,聽的人是被帶進去的,不是被講給聽的。

出定才報名字:先給看,後給名

「爾時,解脫長者從三昧起,告善財童子言:「善男子!我已入出如來無礙莊嚴解脫門。」」

澄觀科出定一段為四:一明起定,二示定名體,三明定業用,四彰定體相。名字放在第二位——先讓善財看了整場,出定才說這叫什麼。

注意動詞是「入出」,不是「入」。一個能入而不能出的定,用不上;經文兩個字都給了,底下謙己之句也仍作「而得入出」,首尾相應。六十本此處作「成就」,末段作「修此」,不用入出二字——並錄不判。

落到地上:法門之名是給已經看過的人用的標籤,不是入門的鑰匙。次序反過來讀,容易把名相當成法。

十方各一佛:十個句子,一個句式,沒有一個名字重複

接著是本段最整齊的一片鋪排。解脫長者說他入出此門時所見——

東方閻浮檀金光明世界,龍自在王如來,毘盧遮那藏菩薩為上首;南方速疾力世界,普香如來,心王菩薩為上首;西方香光世界,須彌燈王如來,無礙心菩薩為上首;北方袈裟幢世界,不可壞金剛如來,金剛步勇猛菩薩為上首;東北方一切上妙寶世界,無所得境界眼如來,無所得善變化菩薩為上首;東南方香焰光音世界,香燈如來,金剛焰慧菩薩為上首;西南方智慧日普光明世界,法界輪幢如來,現一切變化幢菩薩為上首;西北方普清淨世界,一切佛寶高勝幢如來,法幢王菩薩為上首;上方佛次第出現無盡世界,無邊智慧光圓滿幢如來,法界門幢王菩薩為上首;下方佛光明世界,無礙智幢如來,一切世間剎幢王菩薩為上首。

十番句式全同,而三十個名字無一重複。逐方看下去,還可以看出名字之間的呼應:東方之世界以金光立名,其佛為龍自在王,上首菩薩名毘盧遮那藏,與本經教主同用毘盧遮那之名形,是這一串的起頭之重。南方之佛名普香,而東南方之世界即名香焰光音、佛名香燈——香之一義橫貫二方。西方須彌燈王與上方無邊智慧光圓滿幢,一以燈、一以光,皆就照明立名。北方之世界名袈裟幢,佛名不可壞金剛,上首名金剛步勇猛——三名同就堅固勇進立。東北方以『無所得』二名連舉為特色。西南方之世界以智慧日為名,其菩薩則名現一切變化幢。西北方以清淨立世界之名,而佛名高勝幢、菩薩名法幢王,幢之一義相承。下方之佛名無礙智幢,正回應法門之名中的『無礙』二字,是十番之收。

李通玄於此判,十方各現十佛剎,是明定體遍周圓滿,所以以十為圓數;又別說定中所見之十佛如來與上首菩薩,是三昧所現的自位佛果及行。

排一個誤解:這一片名字容易被當成可以略過的鋪排。可是經文正是靠這十番的『不重複』,把「無礙」演給人看——若身中所現只是一片模糊的光,那不叫無礙,那叫混同。名字各別而不相雜,才是前文「如本而住,不相雜亂」的兌現。

不來不去:全段的樞紐一句

「善男子!我見如是等十方各十佛剎微塵數如來。彼諸如來不來至此,我不往彼。」

澄觀判這一句是「結前所見體無來往」,並說此後才「廣顯隨心見佛體相」。這一句是全段的樞。前面說了那麼多所見,若不下這一句,讀者會以為是諸佛移駕而來,或是長者神足而往。經文一口否掉兩邊。

這一句六十本作「彼諸如來不來至此,我不往彼」,與八十本逐字全同——是本段二譯最相合的一處。

排一個誤解:不來不去不是說『其實沒見到』。經文明說見了,見得清清楚楚,連上首菩薩的名字都數得出來。所否的不是見,是見之中的往來相。落到地上:一件事可以是真實發生的,而它發生的方式未必是你以為的那種移動。

我若欲見,隨意即見:從所見轉到能見

「我若欲見安樂世界阿彌陀如來,隨意即見」——接著栴檀世界金剛光明如來、妙香世界寶光明如來、蓮華世界寶蓮華光明如來、妙金世界寂靜光如來、妙喜世界不動如來、善住世界師子如來、鏡光明世界月覺如來、寶師子莊嚴世界毘盧遮那如來,末以「如是一切,悉皆即見」收,再補一句「然彼如來不來至此,我身亦不往詣於彼」。

澄觀判此段為「廣顯隨心見佛體相」,開四科:一明隨心念佛諸佛現前、二正顯唯心念佛觀體、三以唯心觀遍該萬法、四結勸修學令證唯心。而他在第一科下說了一句很要緊的話——既了境唯心、了心即佛,所以隨所念無非佛,這有什麼難見的呢。

前一片十番是定中所現,是被動地現前;這一片九佛是隨意而見,是能見一邊的事。從所見轉到能見,這是本段義理的轉軸。經文並且在此重複一次不來不去——重複不是冗,是把兩片綁在同一個理上。

落到地上:把注意力從『我見到了什麼』移到『這一見是怎麼成的』,是這一段所教的看法。

四喻:夢·影·幻·響

「知一切佛及與我心,悉皆如夢;知一切佛猶如影像,自心如水;知一切佛所有色相及以自心,悉皆如幻;知一切佛及以己心,悉皆如響。我如是知,如是憶念:所見諸佛,皆由自心。」

四喻的共同點先要點破:每一喻都雙舉佛與心,沒有一喻只喻佛。這是易被讀漏的一處——若只以四喻喻佛,會落成『佛是假的』;經文連自心一起喻了,兩邊同時虛,來去之相才真正立不住。

澄觀判「文有四對,意含通別」,並說通是顯唯心而喻無來往,別是各喻唯心而兼明不出入等。逐喻他都給了釋:夢喻是唯心所作,即有而空,所以無來去;水月一喻他說得最細——月滿秋空隨水而現,澄潭皎淨則月影圓明,水濁波騰則光昏影散;有水則月現,何曾入來,無水則影空,何曾出去;末了他還把它轉成修法的話:雖見水中之月,誰能執持得住?心之定與散,就照這個喻去思擇。幻喻他判為空有無礙——如幻非實則心佛兩亡,而不無幻相則不壞心佛,所以無來去不妨普見,見即無見而常契中道。響喻他說是以心為緣而佛響應,只是總喻緣成之義。

澄觀於此還引了念佛的經證。他引《般舟三昧經》的夢喻,又引一段聞舍衛國女子之名而夢見之喻,說『彼不來、我不往,而樂事宛然』,正是喻體無來往而但隨心變;結成唯心處,他引《無量壽觀經》的『是心是佛』一段。這些是澄觀所引,繫於他。

法藏於此另有一軌。他的第二喻不作水月而作電光——這是因為六十本此處本作「悉如電光」「如水中像」。他由電光開出佛大用的四種義,末結曰心水定澄能現彼像,水亦不去、電亦不來,而像無不現。他的幻喻則繫於緣起相由之門,說以幻心無礙故能現無礙之幻佛。澄觀《鈔》也注意到二譯之喻通別互異,就八十本判唯影是別喻而餘三皆通,就四十本(新譯)則判夢響二喻通別俱具而影幻二喻唯別無通。此諸異釋皆古德成說,誌錄不判。

澄觀《演義鈔》於四喻之下還有幾層,宜接著看。其一,夢喻他不止一釋,而給了三個配法:就能行人說,心性如境、觀如緣想、觀成如夢;就佛境說,法身如境、報身如想、應身如夢;雙約感應說,彼佛如境、行人如想、見佛如夢所見。三釋所釋者同是一句經——一切諸佛及以我心皆如夢故;換一個配法,就換一層所照之事,而喻依不動。其二,水喻他開為四類:清、濁、動、靜;四事交絡而成四句——濁而動者,有惑無信又多亂想;濁而不動者,有惑無信而無攀緣;清而動者,無惑有信而多覺觀;清而靜者,無惑有信而定。四人所見之佛亦隨之而異,末歸第四:色相端嚴、凝停不亂,愈觀愈明。前文所引『心之定散準喻思擇』一語,其實處就在這四句裡。其三,四喻他又立四觀:正喻唯心、唯心故空、唯心故假、唯心故中,而以融通無礙為本經之意;四喻所以不並為一,他歸於增勝之別——夢喻不來不去、影喻不出不入、幻喻非有非無、響喻非合非散,又以前三喻喻見佛身、後一兼喻聞法,而夢配法身、影配報身、幻配化身。其四,攝境歸心之後他還要再拂一層:心為能見、佛為所見,能所若存,唯心亦成一重對待;故舉刀不自割、指不自觸為問——自心如何還見自心?能所不分,見相方絕。這一拂是澄觀所加,繫於他;讀者於『皆由自心』一句得了歸處之後,這一層是不使歸處又成新執的防。

本段另有一面,是四十本《華嚴》般若譯所存之廣文。四十本之文較八十本為廣,讀之可見同一段法在另一譯本中被展開的樣子;但以下七事皆四十本之文,不可回填作底本之直說。一、入定之緣:八十本三事(宿善·佛威神·文殊憶念),四十本於其上多一事——十方諸善知識本行願力之加持;澄觀就底本判三緣而以宿善為因、餘二為緣,四十本之第四緣不在此判之內,是譯本自廣。二、身與佛剎:四十本於身中現剎處明說身與佛剎互相涉入而不相障礙——八十本此處只作於身中悉皆顯現、無所障礙而如本住、不相雜亂,未出『互相涉入』之語;澄觀《鈔》釋無礙第三義時所引之句正與四十本相合,可見疏家讀此義時本兼取新譯。三、十方之次第:前八方二本全同,末二方八十本先上後下,四十本先下後上;名相四十本多有增字。次第與名之異不改所表之義——十方十佛皆為一心所現——而可見譯本各有所承。四、過未二際:四十本於隨意見佛之後別開一分,就過去未來二際立見佛,並以不來至今、我心不入彼過未作結;八十本無此一分,其所遮唯在方處一邊。兩本合看,可知『無來去』一義本可就時、就處兩邊說,八十本說處而四十本兼說時。五、四喻之合喻:八十本四喻唯標喻依,四十本四喻皆帶合喻——夢下出從分別生、見佛從自心起,影下出器中水、水中影,幻下出如幻所作,響下出空谷隨聲發響、隨念見佛;且第二喻之配屬三本各異,八十本以佛為影像、自心為水,四十本以自心為器中水、諸法為水中影,六十本則作電光與水中像。上文所引澄觀釋夢、釋響所舉之別喻,逐字即四十本之文。六、心意識一分:四十本於皆由自心之結與十法修治之間別出一長分,立心·末那·意識·眼等五識之名,並出轉阿賴耶得本覺智與取阿賴耶種種行相之語;八十本此處無心識分位之文。此是譯本所帶之教相,錄其實有而不以之下灌八十本,亦不判了義未了義。七、十修之異文:二本皆十句,全同者三(善法扶助·精進堅固·智慧明利),餘七皆異,而八十本第三句獨作於境界淨治、四十本作以妙法治淨——一就所對之境說,一就所用之法說;第十句四十本於十力之外別加四無所畏。七事合看,四十本之廣不在別立一法,在把八十本簡處的關節說出聲來;讀者以之為對照則有益,以之為底本則失繫屬。

他由電光所開的四義,值得逐一看。一是照水現影,就應機說:電一閃而水面有影,不是電要照誰,是水在那裡。二是破闇見道,就滅障說:電之用在一瞬之間把暗處照亮,人因此看見了路。三是不可執持,就離相無礙說:電無可捉,正因無可捉,所以不成礙。四是速滅不住,就非世攝說:電不停留,所以不落在世間的時分裡。

四義合看,一與二說電之能——能現、能破;三與四說電之相——無持、無住。能而無住,正是佛之大用的樣子。法藏末了結一句:心水若定而澄,就能現彼像,而水不曾去、電不曾來,像卻沒有不現的。這與澄觀水月一喻所收之義相通而所取之喻依不同——一依八十本作影像,一依六十本作電光。誌錄不判。

落到地上:四喻不是四個修辭,是四種拆『來去』的辦法——夢拆處所,影拆入出,幻拆實有,響拆自他。哪一種對治得上自己現在的執,就用哪一種。

由自心:從念佛一觀推到萬行萬果

「善男子!當知菩薩修諸佛法,淨諸佛剎,積集妙行,調伏眾生,發大誓願,入一切智自在遊戲不可思議解脫之門,得佛菩提,現大神通,遍往一切十方法界,以微細智普入諸劫;如是一切,悉由自心。」

澄觀判此為「以唯心觀遍該萬法」,並說得極明白:不只是一念佛觀由於自心,菩薩萬行與佛果的體用也不離心。

這是本段義理的第三重。第一重是所見之佛由心,第二重是能見之心亦虛,第三重是修行的整個內容全都攝在同一個『由自心』底下。所攝者逐項實計為十:一修諸佛法、二淨諸佛剎、三積集妙行、四調伏眾生、五發大誓願、六入一切智自在遊戲不可思議解脫之門、七得佛菩提、八現大神通、九遍往一切十方法界、十以微細智普入諸劫。

這十件也有次第。前五件是因地之事:修法是學、淨剎是所依之處、集行是所積、調生是所對之人、發願是所持之心;第六件『入解脫門』是關口,由因入果都在這一件上;後四件是果地之用:得菩提是所證,現神通是所用,遍往法界是所至之處,以微細智普入諸劫是所入之時——空間一件、時間一件,收在最後。

排一個誤解:讀到這裡容易把『由自心』讀成『只是心裡想想』。經文列的十件事沒有一件是想想而已,件件都是要做的。落到地上:唯心不是取消了行,是說明了行為什麼行得成。

十句修治自心:這一段是專門用來遮一種誤解的

「是故,善男子!應以善法扶助自心,應以法水潤澤自心,應於境界淨治自心,應以精進堅固自心,應以忍辱坦蕩自心,應以智證潔白自心,應以智慧明利自心,應以佛自在開發自心,應以佛平等廣大自心,應以佛十力照察自心。」

十句之中九句作『應以…自心』,第三句作「應於境界淨治自心」;而所用之具不同:善法、法水、境界、精進、忍辱、智證、智慧、佛自在、佛平等、佛十力。前四是行,中三是智,後三是果地之德——由淺入深。

澄觀直判「文有十句」,並一一釋之,十句逐句都有話。第一句他說如同病人非杖不起,煩惱病重所以要假善法相資——先立一個最低的比方,說明為什麼還要修。第二句他說若無法水,法芽不生:善根是芽,要澆。第三句他說對境忘心,六塵就不染——所治不在境,在對境時那一念。第四句他說舊善不雜、新善進修,才可謂堅固:舊的不摻假,新的接著加。第五句他說違順不干,則坦然寬廓——順境逆境都不來擾,心地才寬。第六句他說寂照內證,皎然無瑕。第七句他說觸境了如,無不鑒達:碰到什麼都當下了了。第八句他說六自在王性同於佛,開塵發用而知見分明。第九句他說與佛同如,體周法界。第十句他說以調生之十力察獲疏遺——用十力去查自己漏掉了什麼。末了結一句:如是修心,就圓滿了前面所說的佛法。

看這十句所配之次:前二句說為何要修與用什麼修,中五句說在境上如何修(對境、新舊、違順、寂照、觸境),後三句說修到何處(六根自在、與佛同體、以十力自檢)。法藏於此亦判十句而句名各異,作一以善長心、二以法潤心、三於境鍊心以下。

而這一段真正的用意,澄觀說破得最直:他判此為結勸修學,說既然萬法不離自心,只修自心而萬行俱備;同時是要遣除愚人的妄解。所妄解者,他也照樣寫出來了——有人計說萬法皆心,任它去就是佛,何必驅馳萬行,豈不白費?澄觀答得斬截:所以今天要廣說,心雖即佛,久被塵勞所翳,所以要以萬行增修使它瑩徹;又說只說萬行由心,並沒有說不修才對;又說萬法既即是心,修又何礙於心。

法藏同判此意而語就修證說:諸佛境界本來遍滿一切,只因心垢對之而不見;若修治自心,令離障得定,諸佛境界當處便現。

落到地上:這十句是整段唯心之教的護欄。前面說得越高,這裡的護欄就越要緊——把「悉由自心」讀成不必修,是這一段明文所遮之解。

謙己推勝:他只會一門,而他說得出別人會什麼

「善男子!我唯於此如來無礙莊嚴解脫門而得入出。」——這是五十三參共有的體例,澄觀科為『謙己推勝』。

而推勝的內容值得細看。他列了菩薩摩訶薩所有而己所無者:得無礙智、住無礙行、得常見一切佛三昧、得不住涅槃際三昧、了達三昧普門境界、於三世法悉皆平等、能善分身遍一切剎、住於諸佛平等境界、十方境界皆悉現前、智慧觀察無不明了、於其身中悉現一切世界成壞而於己身及諸世界不生二想;末以「如是妙行,而我云何能知能說」收。

留意最後一句所推之德:身中現世界成壞,而不作己身與世界之二想。這正是他自己方才所現之事再推進一層——他能於身中現十方佛剎,而此處所推者是連身與剎之二想都不起。

所推之德逐項實計為十一,可以分四截看。前二項是體:得無礙智、住無礙行——智與行各以無礙立,這二字正是他自己法門之名中的二字,可見所推者確在同一門內。次二項是定:得常見一切佛三昧、得不住涅槃際三昧——一是能見,一是不住;能見而不取涅槃之際,是菩薩之不同於二乘處。第三截三項是境之平等:了達三昧普門境界、於三世法悉皆平等、能善分身遍一切剎——由定之境,到三世之平等,到身之遍至。第四截四項是用之無礙:住於諸佛平等境界、十方境界皆悉現前、智慧觀察無不明了、於其身中悉現一切世界成壞而不生二想。

逐項讀下來會發現一件事:這十一項沒有一項是他方才所現之外的別種神通,每一項都是他所現之事再往裡推一層。他能於身中現剎,所推者是身中現世界之成壞;他能見十方佛,所推者是十方境界皆悉現前;他能入出此門,所推者是於三世法悉皆平等。所以法藏說本段之仰推屬『自己法門之內更有深細』一類,不是推別家之法。

法藏於此辨出一條通則:諸文之仰推有二類,一是就自己法門之內更有深細而非己能知,二是推異類的法門非己能知。他明說本段屬前一類。這一判很有用——解脫長者所推的不是別家的法,是同一門往深處去的地方。

排一個誤解:把謙己讀成客氣。經文所推的每一句都指名道姓,說得出對方會什麼——這不是客氣,是知道自己的邊界在哪裡。落到地上:真正的謙,是能把自己不會的那一段說清楚。

指示後友:往南,去找海幢

「善男子!從此南行,至閻浮提畔,有一國土,名:摩利伽羅;彼有比丘,名曰:海幢。汝詣彼問:菩薩云何學菩薩行、修菩薩道?」

澄觀於此三個專名各有一讀。閻浮提畔,他說是此洲的南際,表將近不退之位;又說是所得般若在六度之後邊。摩利伽羅,他指出晉譯本譯作莊嚴。比丘名海幢,他說是業用深廣而高出——正心不動如海,而最為高勝。

要留意的是問句:解脫長者交代善財去問的話,與善財方才問他的話一字不改。這一問句在五十三參中反覆出現,是把整條參學之路串起來的線。

落到地上:一位善友的完整,不只在他答得出什麼,也在他知道下一步該把人交給誰。

戀德禮辭:走之前他把善知識的九件事想了一遍

「時,善財童子頂禮解脫長者足,右遶觀察,稱揚讚歎,思惟戀仰,悲泣流淚」——然後是一段憶念:依善知識、事善知識、敬善知識、由善知識見一切智;於善知識不生違逆、心無諂誑、心常隨順;於善知識起慈母想,因為能捨離一切無益法;於善知識起慈父想,因為能出生一切諸善法。末了才「辭退而去」。所憶念者逐句實計為九:一依善知識、二事善知識、三敬善知識、四由善知識見一切智、五於善知識不生違逆、六於善知識心無諂誑、七於善知識心常隨順、八於善知識起慈母想、九於善知識起慈父想。其下「捨離一切無益法故」「出生一切諸善法故」是所以之詞,繫於母想父想二句,不別為一事。

慈母與慈父二想的所繫要分清:母想繫於『捨離無益』,父想繫於『出生善法』——一遮一表,正好兩邊。

而這一段的位置也要看見。它接在指示後友之後,卻不是接在得法之後——也就是說,戀德不是為了得到什麼而生的感激,是臨走時才最完整。上文十二年的路在前,這一段的憶念在後;下一段路又要開始了,而他帶著的正是這九句。

落到地上:學一段法之後,最值得留下的往往不是法門之名,是對授法者的那份心怎麼安。這一段就是善財把它安好的樣子。

承衍

本段之文,向下所開之流不在論典,在名與義兩條線上。

其一是名之線。智儼《華嚴經孔目章》列五十三善友之名,本善友當第六位,其下即第七海幢比丘——與底本指示後友之句相合,可證參次之定。而『具足方便住』之位名,經文本身並無,是澄觀承古德所配之位,澄觀《鈔》釋此位曰帶真隨俗、習無量善巧、化無住。凡言此位者,皆須明繫於疏家,不可作經文自判。

智儼於本善友不止列名,《搜玄記》另有一科,與澄觀、法藏皆不同軌,宜別出一讀。他以三分立本段:勸教趣入·依教進入·辨正證法界——首分是文殊之教所勸,次分是善財依教而行,末分方是長者所示之法界;三分之名皆就『教』與『證』之間立,與澄觀之六分(依教趣求·見敬諮問·正示法界等)可對讀而不相代。進入一分他再開為八,末一為請問,請問之中又三(明己所欲·歎德·正請),與底本白言一段之次第相合。所欲一分他計為十五句求果法、十四句求因法、三為自分所修行法;此十五與十四繫於智儼所釋之本,與底本三科十三·五·十三之數不同科——同一段經而兩家所計之數不同,是所依之本與所分之界不同,不是何者誤計,讀者不可相互比對而據以判是非。正證一分他分二:說自所得法·仰推;得法之中又三(明得法門·辨法門所現事·結解分齊),入定之中又三(辨入定及因緣·明定功德·辨法門名字)。最可注意者是所現事一門:智儼判為二相對——初約自他相對,次約心境相對;心境之中又分真俗二層,而以善男子當知一句為真俗之界,各有立與勸。澄觀於此判為四喻之通別,智儼則以心境相對一門總之:一從喻之通別入,一從能所之對立入,所入之門不同而所歸皆是唯心。二科皆古德成說,誌錄不判。

其二是義之線,古德各有所取。澄觀取『唯心』一義為本段之骨,故其科分處處以唯心觀立目,而以結勸修學一段遮『任心是佛』之失;他並引本經前文的兩偈為據,一是應觀法界性、一切唯心造之偈,一是如心佛亦爾、如佛眾生然之偈,可見本段之唯心非本段孤起,是本經前文之義在此位得了一個具體的行相。法藏就六十本立五分之科,於無礙立四義而無澄觀之第五智持義,其四喻之第二對依六十本作電光而不作水月,故所開之義門與澄觀亦異。李通玄另立一軌,判此位以禪波羅蜜為體而餘九為伴,以解脫長者為世間俗士而表處俗行真,並以本段之十二年反照第二友海雲比丘之十二年,一表出世、一表處俗。此諸家所立,各有其軌,誌錄之,不判高下。

李通玄之軌於卷三十五另開四門,所釋是本段之末——自如諸菩薩摩訶薩一句至辭退而去一句,他判為四門:推德於前·示善知識方所及國土·舉善知識名號·善財敬戀流淚辭去。四門之名即見其讀法:謙己推勝在他不作自謙之辭讀,作『推德於前』讀——所推之德歸於前方待進之位,故其下即勸善財進求加行;十種殊勝是所推之德,加行是所勸之行。方所一門他釋閻浮提畔三字,繫於位:此位是正心住,是出世間與處世間二種智慧神通之極畔,故經以閻浮提畔表之——畔者界也,行至此位而二種之用各到其界。名號一門他釋海幢二字:德智如海,能破眾生業惑之處,故名為幢;幢者摧壞義。又國土名摩利伽羅,他注梵本未譯,是誠實記其所不知,不強為之解。此四門與澄觀、法藏之科不同繫:澄觀之末二分是謙己推勝與指示後友,就文之次第立;李論則就位與名立,故能由閻浮提畔一語逼出正心住之界,由海幢一名逼出摧壞之義。此是李論一家之軌,錄之不判高下。

至於唯識一系與華嚴宗諸章疏,所查諸典皆無本善友之名,故本段之承衍唯見於逐文之疏家。

一位善友的答覆,前半不出聲,後半不出戶。不出聲的那一半給人看見了佛剎,出聲的那一半只說了一句話——所見諸佛,皆由自心。

A Stretch of Road That Took Twelve Years to Walk: Sudhana Carries the Teaching of the Previous Good Friend with Him

After Sudhana left Megha, the sūtra text does not let him meet the next good friend at once; it first gives a very long stretch of narrative. He “ponders the bodhisattvas' gate of adornment by the light of the dhāraṇī of unobstructed analytic understanding,” and then enters deeply into the gate of the ocean of speech, holds in mind the gate of minutely fine skillful means, observes the gate of the pure mind, accomplishes the gate of the light of roots of goodness, purifies the gate of transforming beings, makes bright and keen the gate of the wisdom that gathers beings in, makes firm the gate of vast aspiration and delight, holds and maintains the gate of surpassing aspiration and delight, purifies the gate of the various kinds of faith and understanding, and ponders the gate of the measureless good mind—eleven sentences in all.

Chengguan outlines this stretch as the first half of ‘seeking in accord with the teaching,’ and judges that “the first eleven sentences are the pondering and cultivating of the former Dharma; the first is the general and the rest are the particulars.” That is to say, the first sentence is the general, and the ten below it are the particulars. What is called ‘pondering and cultivating the former Dharma’ is to take the Dharma conferred by the previous good friend, hold it in hand, and ponder it and cultivate it the whole way along—not to have done with it as soon as it is heard.

Going through the ten particular gates one by one, one finds that the sūtra text fits a verb to each gate, and that the verbs are chosen: there are ten occurrences of the verb across the ten gates but only nine forms—‘purifying and governing’ occurs twice, and each of the other eight gates uses a form of its own. The second gate uses “entering deeply into,” and what is entered deeply is the ocean of speech—a good friend's teaching is handed on by speech, so the first thing is to go into the depth of speech, not to stop at having heard. The third gate uses “holding in mind,” and what is held in mind is the minutely fine skillful means of knowing all beings—skillful means are the finest thing and the easiest to forget the moment they pass the eye, so “holding in mind” is fitted to them. The fourth gate uses “observing,” and what is observed is the gate of the pure mind—the mind is there to be looked at, not to be thought about. The fifth gate uses “accomplishing,” and what is accomplished is the light of the roots of goodness. The sixth gate uses “purifying and governing,” and what is governed is the gate of transforming beings—the very thought with which one speaks Dharma for another is the likeliest to have oneself mixed into it, so it must be governed. The seventh gate uses “making bright and keen,” and what is made keen is the wisdom that gathers beings in—if wisdom is dull it cannot hold people. The eighth gate makes “firm” the vast aspiration and delight, and the ninth “holds and maintains” the surpassing aspiration and delight: aspiration and delight are of two kinds, vast and surpassing; the vast is in danger of falling back, so firmness is fitted to it, and the surpassing is in danger of being lost, so holding and maintaining is fitted to it. The tenth gate uses “purifying and governing” a second time, and what is governed is the various kinds of faith and understanding. The eleventh gate comes back to “pondering,” and what is pondered is the measureless good mind—the same word as the first gate, one opening and one closing.

Set aside a misunderstanding: these ten gates are easily taken for a heap of ten names. What the sūtra text writes is in fact ten different ways of applying oneself—entering deeply, holding in mind, observing, accomplishing, purifying and governing, making bright and keen, making firm, holding and maintaining, purifying and governing, pondering. Brought down to the ground: upon one and the same stretch of Dharma a different hand must be laid upon different parts of it; to ask oneself which verb one is using upon a given gate is usually more use than asking whether one remembers its name.

A misunderstanding has to be set aside first. In reading the fifty-three visits, one easily puts all one's attention upon ‘whom he met and what dharma gate he obtained,’ and takes the road between two good friends for an interlude. The sūtra text refuses to be written that way. It writes what he does on the road at greater length than the meeting. Brought down to the ground: the place where a stretch of teaching truly takes effect is not in the moment of hearing it, but in that stretch of road before the next person is met.

The Long Passage After the Eleven Sentences: What Sort of Person Comes of Such Cultivation

When the eleven sentences of ‘gates’ are done, the sūtra text shifts its key, and from “his vows were firm and his mind knew no weariness” it runs on and on—adorning himself with every sort of armor, the deep mind of his vigor unable to be turned back, complete in unbreakable faith, his mind firm as the vajra and as Nārāyaṇa, keeping and maintaining the instructions of all good friends, pure in the universal gate, full in the light of wisdom, complete in the light of the holding-entire of the grounds, knowing the various differences of the Dharma realm, with nothing to rely on and nowhere to abide, equal and without duality … on to “he accomplished the great vow that his body should pervade all the nets of Buddha-fields, and that all the Dharma realm should universally enter into his body.”

Chengguan judges this to be “from ‘his vows were firm’ onward, the displaying of the benefit of the cultivation”—this long stretch is not the raising of another matter; it is the fruit of cultivating the eleven sentences above.

This long stretch may be looked at in several further sections. The four sentences at its head speak of vow and faith: his vows were firm, his mind knew no weariness, he adorned himself with every sort of armor, the deep mind of his vigor was unable to be turned back, and it closes with “complete in unbreakable faith”—armor is a figure, and what it says is that he is not pierced through by objective realms; being unable to be turned back and being unbreakable in faith are two ways of saying one thing, the one in terms of practice and the other in terms of faith. Then the firmness of his mind is concluded by the two figures of the vajra and Nārāyaṇa, and it turns to “keeping and maintaining the instructions of all good friends, and obtaining among all objective realms an unbreakable wisdom”—this sentence brings the faith above down onto actual matters: what is kept is the instruction of good friends, and what is obtained is a wisdom unbreakable amid objective realms.

The next section speaks of what he practices and what he illumines: pure in the universal gate, unobstructed in what he practices, full in the light of wisdom, universally illumining all; and then “complete in the light of the holding-entire of the grounds, knowing the various differences of the Dharma realm, with nothing to rely on and nowhere to abide, equal and without duality.” Difference and equality are told within this one sentence, and it is the ground of what comes later, where the fields appear within the body and yet are “not jumbled together.”

Six sentences in this section must not be skipped either, for the sūtra text runs on in one breath from the sentences cited above. The first three are “pure in self-nature and universally adorned, reaching the ultimate in all that he practices, pure in wisdom and apart from all clinging”: purity of self-nature stands first and universal adornment after—it is not that one adorns first and then seeks purity, but that, being originally pure, whatever is adorned is adornment through and through; reaching the ultimate in all that he practices is said of the end of practice, not of the amount of it; and wisdom being pure, what is left behind is clinging, from which it may be seen that ‘purity’ here does not mean breadth of knowing and seeing but not sticking. The latter three are “pure and wondrous dharmas fill his mind, the samādhi of universal wisdom brightly illumines his mind, his mind ever universally enters the realm of equality,” and all three are fastened upon the ‘mind’: dharmas fill that mind, concentration illumines that mind, and that mind enters the realm of equality—what fills, what illumines, and what is entered stand in plain order: first the dharmas are in the mind, next concentration illumines this mind, and only at the end does this mind ever enter equality. Taking the six together, the first three are said of self-nature, of what is practiced, and of wisdom, and the latter three of what the mind receives, what illumines it, and what it enters. Only when these six are complete is there anything to receive the five sentences of the differences of the ten directions below: it is because he can enter equality that he is not thrown into confusion amid difference.

The third section is the five sentences of the ten directions: he knew the differing dharmas of the ten directions, went to the differing places of the ten directions, was clear about the differing deeds of the ten directions, saw appear the differing Buddhas of the ten directions, and entered deeply the differing times of the ten directions—dharmas, places, deeds, Buddhas, times, counted out one by one as five. Each sentence is set up upon the word ‘differing,’ and what differs is not the same in each: the first is the dharmas known, the second the places gone to, the third the deeds understood, the fourth the Buddhas seen, the fifth the times entered.

The last section is the sustaining by the Buddhas' power: touched by the illumining of the Tathāgatas' wisdom, the stream of all-knowledge continuing unbroken, in body and in mind not apart from the Buddha-dharma, sustained by the spiritual power of all the Buddhas, illumined by the light of all the Tathāgatas; and only then “he accomplished the great vow that his body should pervade all the nets of Buddha-fields, and that all the Dharma realm should universally enter into his body.”

Look at the direction of these four sections: from his own vow and faith, to practice and wisdom, to the differences of the ten directions, to the sustaining by the Buddhas' power, and only at the end does it dare to say that the Dharma realm universally enters his body. Brought down to the ground: a sentence that looks like the largest is propped up rung by rung by a string of smaller sentences before it; pull out any one rung, and the large sentence becomes an empty one.

What is worth noticing is the direction this stretch takes. It begins with words very near to a person, such as “his mind knew no weariness,” walks on to “he knew the differing dharmas of the ten directions,” “he went to the differing places of the ten directions,” “among the differing Buddhas of the ten directions there was not one he did not see appear,” and comes down at last upon “all the Dharma realm should universally enter into his body.” How can one person's body have the Dharma realm universally enter into it? Here this sentence looks like exaggeration, but in fact it is a post set in advance—what the Elder Liberation manifests below is precisely the containing of all Buddha-fields within a body. The sūtra text says it once upon Sudhana's body before it plays it out once upon the good friend's body. Brought down to the ground: when you come to a sentence of description that looks lavish, do not skip it first; look and see whether it is setting a pillar for the text to come.

Twelve Years and the City of Abiding Grove: What the Ancient Worthies Read Out of These Two Names

What comes next is only one sentence: “Little by little he journeyed on, and after twelve years he came to the city of Abiding Grove, and searched everywhere for the Elder Liberation.”

The number twelve years is one the ancient worthies did not let pass. Chengguan raises three readings—“as for the twelve years, of old it was said that in one's own portion and in the advance one cultivates the six perfections in each, and further that it displays the universal observing of the twelve abodes; and further that it signifies not abiding in the twelve links, and so it says journeying on.” The first sense is the old statement: one's own portion and the advance, two layers, six perfections cultivated in each, twelve together. The next sense is the universal observing of the twelve abodes. The third sense weighs most: it signifies not abiding in the twelve links of dependent origination, and so it is called ‘journeying on’—walking and not abiding, and this is what joins up with the name of the good friend below. Chengguan himself draws this line to the end: if one does not abide in the links then one obtains liberation, and so the text below says ‘he got sight of him.’

Fazang takes only the ancient men's one sense of the six perfections. Li Tongxuan speaks solely in terms of the twelve links, and sets it against the twelve years of the second good friend, the monk Ocean Cloud—Ocean Cloud dwelt in the land of Sea Gate twelve years, observing the twelve links and coming forth from the world; the twelve years of the Elder Liberation here Li Tongxuan judges to be practicing within the world amid the dharmas of the twelve links of birth. One and the same number: one signifies coming forth, and one signifies dwelling amid the common world.

As for the name ‘the city of Abiding Grove,’ Fazang gives three readings: the establishing of the virtue of practice is called a grove, and being settled, firm, and unmoving is called abiding; and further, this elder perched in a place of great groves and long roads, and the name was taken from that; and further, this elder abides within samādhi, and within his body the realm of the Buddhas, both dependent and proper, both cause and fruit, appears widely, as many as a grove. Li Tongxuan says directly that the city is named Abiding Grove because all minds and objective realms are of themselves the grove of the unobstructed liberation and dhyāna of the Dharma realm.

Set aside a misunderstanding: these glosses upon names are not word-games. They are a way the ancient worthies read the sūtra—first asking why this name appears here, rather than treating it as no more than a point upon a map. Brought down to the ground: when you come to a proper name, it is worth asking one question, ‘set upon this good friend, does this name fit?’

The First Thing Done at the Meeting: Casting the Five Parts of the Body to the Ground

“Having seen him, he cast the five parts of his body to the ground, rose and stood, joined his palms, and spoke”—Chengguan outlines this as the first of ‘seeing, paying respect, and inquiring,’ that is, ‘seeing and paying respect.’

In these fourteen graphs there are four actions: casting to the ground, rising and standing, joining the palms, and speaking. Li Tongxuan reads a further layer here: that having seen him he cast the five parts of his body to the ground is the true and the common having nothing to rely on, the five stages meeting together; that joining the palms is the true and the common meeting and being not two. This is his constant track of reading what things signify, plainly attributed to him, and not to be mixed with what the sūtra text says of itself.

What has to be brought out is the sequence: body first, mouth after. Sudhana does not open his mouth and ask about the Dharma the moment he meets him; he first puts his body on the ground. Brought down to the ground: the posture of seeking the Dharma is not to set out one's questions first, but to set oneself low first.

Ten Words for ‘Hard’: Why Praising a Good Friend Takes So Many Words of Negation

As soon as Sudhana opens his mouth, he does not ask about the Dharma; he speaks first of what is hard—“such a one as a good friend is hard to get sight of, hard to get hearing of, hard to appear in the world, hard to obtain the chance to serve, hard to obtain nearness to, hard to obtain the receiving of, hard to meet with, hard to obtain dwelling together with, hard to gladden, hard to obtain the following after without parting.” Ten words for ‘hard’ run on one after another, and it closes with “that today I am able to meet with him—this is to have obtained a good gain.”

Chengguan gives only one gloss upon this, and yet it is very telling: “that he congratulates himself is because he has hoped for many years.”—the reason he congratulates himself is that he has looked forward to this for many years. Just above it says he walked twelve years, and so the ten hard things here take on weight: they are not the modest words of rhetoric, but words that only one who has walked that road could say.

Set aside a misunderstanding: a reader easily takes these ten sentences for a courteous eulogy. The sūtra text is in fact doing something else—it is setting a price upon the good friend. The higher it is set, the more the Dharma requested below can be borne. Brought down to the ground: to hold the Dharma precious grows out of holding the one who confers it precious; in this stretch Sudhana first sets straight the price in his own mind.

The Marks of Giving Rise to the Mind (One): In Order to Exhaust the Realm of the Buddhas

Next Sudhana states his own giving rise to the mind. Chengguan judges this stretch to be “first the general, and after that, from ‘for the sake of’ onward, the separate setting out of the marks of giving rise to the mind,” and the separate setting out is again threefold, the first being the wish to exhaust the realm of the Buddhas above.

The sūtra text begins from “for the sake of serving all the Buddhas,” serving the Buddhas, meeting the Buddhas, seeing the Buddhas, observing the Buddhas, knowing the Buddhas, and then turns deeper—“for the sake of realizing the equality of all the Buddhas,” and then turns to vows, the light of wisdom, the many practices, spiritual powers, the powers, and fearlessness.

The separate setting out of the marks of giving rise to the mind counts out as thirty-one sentences, and the three parts Chengguan divides are thirteen, five, and thirteen: the first part, exhausting the realm of the Buddhas above, thirteen sentences; the second, exhausting the source of the Dharma, five; the third, being equal to the practice of the bodhisattvas, thirteen. The shortest of the three is the second, with only five. Thirteen at either end and only five in the middle—the shape itself has something to say: the Buddhas and the bodhisattvas are told at length while the Dharma is told briefly, because the business of the Dharma lies in the five words hearing, receiving, holding, understanding, guarding, and more words are no help.

The thirteen sentences of the first part, item by item, run: serving the Buddhas, meeting the Buddhas, seeing the Buddhas, observing the Buddhas, knowing the Buddhas—these five are the coming into contact with the Buddhas; realizing the equality of all the Buddhas is the one sentence that turns the hinge; below it, giving rise to the great vows of all the Buddhas and fulfilling the great vows of all the Buddhas are two sentences, the giving rise and the fulfilling told apart—the giving rise is the beginning and the fulfilling is the reaching of the end, and the sūtra text will not run them into one sentence; and below these, being complete in the light of wisdom, accomplishing the many practices, obtaining spiritual powers, being complete in the powers, and obtaining fearlessness are five sentences, the virtues the Buddhas possess. Five, one, two, five, making thirteen.

Brought down to the ground: when reading a string of parallel sentences, first count how many there are, and then see where it takes breath. The place where it takes breath is the joint of the doctrine.

Look at its sequence: first the contact outside (serving, meeting, seeing), then the knowing within (observing, knowing), then equality with the Buddhas, and only at last the virtues the Buddhas possess. This string is not laid out at random; it is one road, from drawing near to realizing and entering. Brought down to the ground: if the giving rise to the mind stops at ‘I want to see the Buddha,’ it is still in the first stretch; the sūtra text pushes it all the way to ‘realizing the equality of all the Buddhas.’

The Marks of Giving Rise to the Mind (Two): In Order to Exhaust the Source of the Dharma

The second stretch begins from “for the sake of hearing all the Buddha-dharma.” Chengguan outlines this as “the wish to exhaust the source of the Dharma.” Hearing, receiving, holding, understanding, guarding—five verbs run on one after another, and they are a complete attitude toward the Dharma: to hear it in, to take it up, to keep it, to penetrate it, to guard it.

Then it turns into the Saṅgha—“for the sake of being of one substance with all the assemblies of bodhisattvas,” “for the sake of being equal to and no different from the roots of goodness of all bodhisattvas,” and on to the pāramitās, the practices cultivated, and the pure vows. Chengguan judges here, “third, from ‘for the sake of being with all’ onward is the wish to be equal to the practice of the bodhisattvas, which is likewise the objective realm of the jewel of the Saṅgha.”

Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that the purpose of hearing the Dharma is to know a great deal. Of the five verbs in the sūtra text, only one is “understanding”; the other four are all actions—hearing, receiving, holding, guarding. Brought down to the ground: to examine one's own relation to a stretch of Dharma, one may go through these five words one by one and see upon which one it breaks off.

The Marks of Giving Rise to the Mind (Three): Five of Practice and Eight of Treasury—Five Sentences on the Practice of the Bodhisattvas, Eight That Are ‘Treasuries’

The third stretch begins from “for the sake of being of one substance with all the assemblies of bodhisattvas,” and its thirteen sentences fall into two cuts: the first five speak in terms of the practice of the bodhisattvas—being of one substance with the assemblies of bodhisattvas, being equal to and no different from the roots of goodness of the bodhisattvas, fulfilling the pāramitās, accomplishing the practices cultivated, bringing forth the pure vows; and only the latter eight are a whole string of ‘treasuries’: the treasury of majestic spiritual power, the great light of the inexhaustible wisdom of the treasury of the Dharma, the vast treasury of samādhis, the treasury of spiritual powers, the treasury of great compassion, the treasury of spiritual transformations, the treasury of sovereignty, the pure treasury.

‘Treasury’ has the sense of containing what has not yet been wholly brought out. What this string seeks is not one ready-made virtue after another, but the storehouse that can bring virtues forth. The last sentence deserves particular notice—“for the sake of entering into the pure treasury and adorning it with all marks.” Chengguan's Yanyi chao points out that this sentence and the question below are of one breath: what is said above, ‘for the sake of entering into the pure treasury and adorning it with all marks,’ is precisely for the sake of asking ‘how may one enter into the pure treasury.’ Every sentence in the marks of giving rise to the mind has in fact a question buried in it.

Two of the eight treasuries are not mere names: the sūtra text gives each a qualifying clause, and these must be read out separately. The first is the treasury of great compassion, where the text runs “for the sake of teaching, transforming, and taming all beings by the treasury of great compassion, causing them all to reach the ultimate, to the very limit.” This sentence does not say ‘obtaining’ the treasury of great compassion but ‘by means of’ it—here the treasury is what is used, not what is gathered in; and used for what? For teaching, transforming, and taming all beings. To what point? “Causing them all to reach the ultimate, to the very limit.” The vows of the preceding seven sentences mostly stop at what is gained in one's own portion; this one alone turns toward beings, and sets the limit at the very limit—it is the one sentence among the eight treasuries that writes the ultimate of others into what is vowed. The second is the treasury of sovereignty, where the text runs “for the sake of gaining sovereignty by one's own mind in all the treasuries of sovereignty.” It does not say that sovereignty is gained within the treasury; it says it is gained “by one's own mind”—what sovereignty rests upon is the mind, not the treasury. This sentence lies on one line with the close of this stretch, that the Buddhas seen are all by one's own mind: the Dharma realm the Elder shows lies in the mind, and the vow Sudhana gives rise to likewise takes the mind as the place where sovereignty is gained. The last, the pure treasury, with its “adorning with all marks,” was spoken of above. Taking the three together, the last three of the eight treasuries each have their own landing place—one lands upon beings, one upon one's own mind, one upon adornment.

Look at this order: first there is set out being of one substance with the bodhisattvas and no different in roots of goodness, and only then are the pāramitās and the practices cultivated spoken of, and only at the end is the storehouse that can bring all things forth sought. That is to say, the ‘treasury’ is listed after being of one substance and equal in roots of goodness; it is the latter half of one and the same string of vows, not a separately begun object of seeking. Brought down to the ground: being of one substance and equal in roots of goodness stands first and the seeking of the treasury comes after; this is the order of the vows, not a threshold of qualification.

Brought down to the ground: if the vow one gives rise to can be said, then the Dharma one asks after can be asked precisely; when no question comes out, it is most often that the vow has not yet been said clearly.

It Is with Such a Mind That I Have Come: Concluding What Precedes and Giving Rise to What Follows

“Holy one! Today it is with such a mind, such an intent, such a delight, such a desire, such a hope and seeking, such a pondering, such a reverence, such a skillful means, such an ultimate, and such a humbling of myself that I have come here to the holy one.”

Chengguan outlines this as the first of the three divisions of the inquiry—“first, concluding what precedes and giving rise to what follows: that is, it concludes the marks of the giving rise to the mind above and thereby becomes the opening of the inquiry, and so it says, with such a mind … he came to where the holy one was.” The ten “such” point back, one by one, to the mind given rise to above. This is a joint: it gathers that whole long stretch of giving rise to the mind into one sentence, ‘these are what I have come carrying.’

Notice the last word: the humbling of myself. The first nine all speak of the loftiness and reach of the mind, and the last turns back to what is low. Brought down to the ground: to give an account of oneself before asking about the Dharma is not to report one's own merits, but to let the other know to what sort of mind he is to speak—and the last sentence of that account is humility.

Praising His Skill in Drawing On and Instructing: The Sūtra Text Lists More Than Twenty Things a Good Friend Does

From “I have heard that the holy one is well able to draw on and instruct the assemblies of bodhisattvas” onward, Chengguan outlines it as ‘praising his skill in drawing on and instructing.’ The sūtra text first says four things: making clear what he has obtained, showing them the road, giving them a ford and a bridge, and conferring upon them a dharma gate; and then a long string of “making”—making them take away the obstruction of confusion and inversion, drawing out the arrow of hesitancy, cutting through the net of doubt, lighting up the dense forest of the mind, washing the filth and turbidity of the mind, making the mind clean and white, making the mind cool, making a fawning and crooked mind straight, cutting off the mind's birth-and-death, stopping the mind's unwholesomeness, loosening the mind's clinging.

The likenesses in this string are very concentrated: obstruction, arrow, net, dense forest, filth and turbidity. Doubt is a net, hesitancy is an arrow, the afflictions are a thick forest—all of them things that bind and are hard to get out of. And the verbs used are taking away, drawing out, cutting through, lighting up, washing.

Below this it turns again: “to make the mind liberated in the very place of clinging, and to make the mind turn about in the very place of defiled love”—these two sentences show the hand and eye most. It is not that the place of clinging is moved aside, but that in the very place of clinging the mind is made liberated; not that one leaves defiled love, but that in the very place of defiled love the mind is made to turn about. It closes with “universally, toward all, that their minds should be equal.”

After these two sentences the sūtra text has ten further matters before it comes down upon “universally, toward all, that their minds should be equal.” Counted out item by item they are ten: making them swiftly enter the realm of all-knowledge, making them quickly arrive at the unsurpassed city of Dharma, making them abide in great compassion, making them abide in great loving-kindness, making them enter the practice of the bodhisattvas, making them cultivate the gates of samādhi, making them enter the station of realization, making them observe the nature of dharmas, making them increase their power, making them cultivate practice.

These ten may be cut into three. The first two both carry the sense of the word ‘quickly’—swiftly entering the realm of knowledge, quickly arriving at the city of Dharma—and what they tell of is the good friend's power to spare a person the road. The middle four are the ground of the mind and the gates of practice: abiding in great compassion, abiding in great loving-kindness, entering the practice of the bodhisattvas, cultivating the gates of samādhi. Notice that the sūtra text puts compassion before loving-kindness, the reverse of the usual order in which the two are said together: first the being moved to draw out suffering, and after that the giving of ease. The last four are realization and contemplation: entering the station of realization, observing the nature of dharmas, increasing power, cultivating practice—the last is not the highest of them, and yet it is the most solid, and the whole string comes back at this point onto the three words of cultivating practice.

The closing sentence, “universally, toward all, that their minds should be equal,” is not within the ten; it is the general gathering up. Every one of the things made to happen above has an object and a leaning, and this sentence levels the leaning. Brought down to the ground: what a good friend gives is not only ten rungs going up, but also that last sentence which lays the ladder flat.

Brought down to the ground: the use of a good friend is not to carry objective realms away for a person, but to loosen the mind upon the objective realms that are already there.

Requesting the Telling of What He Doubts: The Sentence That Asks It Through to the End

“I only pray that the holy one will expound for me: how is a bodhisattva to study the practice of a bodhisattva and to cultivate the path of a bodhisattva? And in accord with what he cultivates, how may he swiftly obtain purity and swiftly obtain clear understanding?”

This is the form of question shared by all the fifty-three visits, and here there is a latter half besides—not only asking how to cultivate, but asking how to cultivate so as swiftly to obtain purity and swiftly to obtain clear understanding.

Fazang sets up here a general rule worth keeping in mind: he says that all the passages first state one's own giving rise to the mind of awakening and afterward request the Dharma; from this it may be verified that to receive the great Dharma one must first give rise to this mind, and that without giving rise to this mind one is not a vessel for this Dharma. And he adds one more sentence—this is the great rut of the Buddha-dharma, and it ought to be pondered and remembered.

Set aside a misunderstanding: the notion that asking about the Dharma is throwing out one's questions. The sequence of the sūtra text is the giving rise to the mind first and the question after, and the question is only the last sentence of the giving rise to the mind. Brought down to the ground: when no good question comes out, to look back and see whether the vow has been given rise to concretely enough is often more use than thinking up more questions.

An Answer Without Opening the Mouth: He First Enters Concentration

The asking done, the sūtra text gives no answer; it gives an action: “At this time, the Elder Liberation, by the power of roots of goodness in the past, by the power of the majestic spiritual power of the Buddha, and by the power of the mindfulness of the youth Mañjuśrī, at once entered a bodhisattva's gate of samādhi, named: the dhāraṇī of the boundless whirling that universally gathers in all the Buddha-fields.”

Chengguan outlines ‘directly showing the Dharma realm’ into two, the first being the silent showing by entering concentration and the latter the answering in words after coming out of concentration, and he explains why the entering of concentration must come first here—he says that the showing by entering concentration here also displays that in the stage to which this one is assigned concentration is predominant.

The three powers also each signify something. Chengguan glosses: first is the making clear of the cause and condition of entering the concentration, past goodness being the cause, which signifies self-cultivation; the latter two are conditions, the majestic power of the host Buddha signifying original awakening, and the power of Mañjuśrī's mindfulness displaying faith and wisdom. Fazang has another reading of Mañjuśrī's power, saying it is the power by which Sudhana and the good friend do not let go of each other.

Nor is the name of the concentration set down at random. Chengguan glosses this name saying that it is the universal gathering in of the fields within the body, and that by a mind-only wisdom that holds entire in accord with the nature it makes substance and function whirl unobstructed, and so it takes this name. Fazang divides it in terms of the objective realm and of wisdom: the gathering in of the fields takes its title from the objective realm, and the whirling and holding takes its name from wisdom.

Brought down to the ground: what most repays turning over in this stretch is the form itself—asked a question about ‘how to cultivate,’ the answer is first to close the mouth and enter concentration. Some dharmas are not first explained clearly and then shown; they are first seen and then spoken of.

The Buddha-Fields of the Ten Directions Appearing Within a Body: What Appears Is Not the Buddhas Only

“Having entered this samādhi, he obtained a pure body. Within his body there appeared Buddhas as many as the dust motes of ten Buddha-fields in each of the ten directions”—and then the sūtra text adds layer upon layer. First the Buddhas, then their lands, assemblies, places of awakening, lights, and adornments; then the spiritual transformations, great vows, dharmas that aid the path, practices of coming forth, and pure adornments those Buddhas had in the past; then the seeing of the Buddhas accomplishing equal right awakening, turning the wondrous wheel of the Dharma, and transforming beings.

Further down is the whole layout from “dwelling in the Tuṣita palace” to “raising stūpas and temples”: dwelling in the Tuṣita palace, passing away from the Tuṣita palace, dwelling in the womb, being born, dwelling within the palace, going forth from the household, going to the place of awakening, breaking the armies of Māra, being surrounded by gods and nāgas, being requested by the lords of the world to tell the Dharma, turning the wheel of the Dharma, entering parinirvāṇa, dividing the relics, raising stūpas and temples. In this stretch the eighty-fascicle text sets out sentence by sentence fourteen matters as they are actually counted; Fazang's Tanxuan ji, upon the sixty-fascicle text, judges this to be ‘manifesting the eight marks of the Buddha, the provisional transformation that gathers beings in,’ which is a number set up by a commentator upon that text, and the eighty-fascicle sūtra text has not the two words for ‘eight marks,’ so a reader should not take the name of the eight marks as a judgment the sūtra text has of itself. Last is the Buddhas telling the Dharma to every sort of being, in every sort of place of awakening, with every sort of dharma gate.

The word ‘various’ in this stretch is not a vague word; everywhere it can be counted. The beings it faces count out item by item as nine kinds: assemblies, worlds, destinies of birth, families, desires and delights, deeds and practices, languages, faculties and natures, afflictions with their latencies and habit energies—laid out from outward to inward, the first four the circle one is in and the stock one comes of, the middle three what one likes, what one does, and what one says, and only the last two the faculties and the delusions, the deepest item set last. The places of awakening it is in count out as five kinds: the minutely fine place of awakening, the vast place of awakening, one of a yojana's extent, one of ten yojanas' extent, and one of the extent of yojanas as many as the dust motes of Buddha-fields beyond all telling—beginning from the smallest and stopping at the largest, the two middle steps being countable extents and the last an extent beyond telling, five steps drawn open in one breath. The teaching it gives counts out as six gates: spiritual powers, words, voices, dharma gates, gates of the holding-entire, gates of eloquence—the first three the instruments that can carry, the latter three the Dharma carried and the power to hold it and to speak it.

Set the three numbers nine, five, and six side by side, and they say exactly what the four graphs above said. “Not jumbled together” does not mean one undifferentiated blur of light; it means that nine kinds of beings are not mixed into one kind, five grades of place of awakening are not run into one grade, six gates of teaching are not kneaded into one gate. The body holds all of this, and each item is still each its own. Brought down to the ground: when a string of ‘various’ comes, there is no need to hurry past it—count how many kinds it actually is. That the sūtra text can be counted at all is precisely what proves those four graphs.

Two sentences have to be brought out. One is “all such things as these appeared wholly within his body without obstruction”; the other is “every sort of form and mark, every sort of sequence, abode as it originally was, without confusion among them.” The former sentence says that it holds them; the latter says that it does not blend them. To hold them and yet not blend them is the marvel of this stretch—it is not that the myriad things are pressed into one mass and stuffed into a body, but that each abides as its own original mark.

Chengguan judges that the name of the dharma gate, ‘the Tathāgatas' unobstructed adornment,’ has five senses: that every Tathāgata is possessed of every unobstructed adornment; that each single Tathāgata pervades the others unobstructed; that all the adornments of all the Tathāgatas enter into the elder's body; that the elder sees through to the ocean of Buddhas of the ten directions; and that the elder's wisdom holds them and does not take them for an obstruction. His Yanyi chao carries the third sense the furthest: since the body is not large and the fields are not small, and there is no coming and going either, they pervade one another unobstructed; the body that contains the fields enters into the fields within the body, and the body within the fields within the body can contain fields again, and the fields so contained can have bodies again, and therefore body upon body is without end and field upon field is without exhaustion.

Fazang sets up only four senses, and has not the fifth, that of the wisdom that holds. Recorded without judgment.

The Benefit Sudhana Obtains Within the Concentration: He Is Not a Bystander

“Of all the words those Tathāgatas spoke, the youth Sudhana was wholly able to hear and receive them; and he saw as well the inconceivable samādhis and spiritual transformations of the Buddhas and of the bodhisattvas.”

Chengguan outlines this as “third, from ‘all the words those Tathāgatas spoke’ onward. Causing Sudhana to hear and see,” while Fazang says that Sudhana entered the Dharma realm manifested above, heard the Dharma told by the Buddhas within that body, and saw the spiritual power of the Buddhas within that body.

This sentence is very short, and yet it is the joint upon which the whole silent showing by entering concentration stands or falls. If it were only that the Elder Liberation himself saw the Buddhas within concentration, it would have nothing to do with Sudhana; the sūtra text says plainly that Sudhana “was wholly able to hear and receive”—he was not standing outside watching a man enter concentration; he went in.

Brought down to the ground: in a true showing of the Dharma the hearer is carried in, not talked at.

The Name Is Given Only After Coming Out of Concentration: First the Seeing, Then the Name

“At this time, the Elder Liberation rose from the samādhi and told the youth Sudhana, saying: ‘Son of good family! I have entered and come out of the Tathāgatas' gate of liberation of unobstructed adornment.’”

Chengguan outlines the stretch after coming out of concentration into four: first, the making clear of the rising from concentration; second, the showing of the name and substance of the concentration; third, the making clear of the working of the concentration; fourth, the displaying of the substance and marks of the concentration. The name stands in the second place—Sudhana is first let to watch the whole of it, and only after coming out of concentration is he told what it is called.

Note that the verb is “entered and come out of,” not “entered.” A concentration that can be entered but not come out of is of no use; the sūtra text gives both words, and the sentence of humbling himself below still reads “obtained entering and coming out,” answering head to tail. The sixty-fascicle text here reads “accomplished,” and in the last stretch “cultivated this,” not using the two words for entering and coming out—recorded without judgment.

Brought down to the ground: the name of a dharma gate is a label for the use of one who has already seen; it is not the key to the door. Read the sequence backward, and one easily takes the name for the Dharma.

One Buddha in Each of the Ten Directions: Ten Sentences, One Sentence Pattern, and Not One Name Repeated

Next comes the most evenly ordered piece of layout in this stretch. The Elder Liberation tells what he sees when he enters and comes out of this gate—

The east, the world Jambū-River Gold Light, the Tathāgata Dragon Sovereign King, with the bodhisattva Vairocana Treasury as foremost; the south, the world Swift Power, the Tathāgata Universal Fragrance, with the bodhisattva Mind King as foremost; the west, the world Fragrant Light, the Tathāgata Sumeru Lamp King, with the bodhisattva Unobstructed Mind as foremost; the north, the world Kāṣāya Banner, the Tathāgata Unbreakable Vajra, with the bodhisattva Vajra Stride Valiant as foremost; the northeast, the world All Supreme and Wondrous Jewels, the Tathāgata Eye of the Realm of Nothing Obtained, with the bodhisattva Good Transformation of Nothing Obtained as foremost; the southeast, the world Fragrant Flame Light and Sound, the Tathāgata Fragrant Lamp, with the bodhisattva Vajra Flame Wisdom as foremost; the southwest, the world Sun of Wisdom Universal Light, the Tathāgata Dharma-Realm Wheel Banner, with the bodhisattva Manifesting All Transformations Banner as foremost; the northwest, the world Universally Pure, the Tathāgata Banner Lofty and Surpassing among All Buddha-Jewels, with the bodhisattva Dharma Banner King as foremost; above, the world Buddhas Appearing in Succession Without End, the Tathāgata Full Banner of Boundless Light of Wisdom, with the bodhisattva Dharma-Realm Gate Banner King as foremost; below, the world Buddha Light, the Tathāgata Unobstructed Wisdom Banner, with the bodhisattva Banner King of All the Fields of the World as foremost.

The sentence pattern is wholly the same in all ten rounds, and yet of the thirty names not one is repeated. Reading down direction by direction, one can also see the answering among the names: the world of the east takes its name from golden light, its Buddha is Dragon Sovereign King, and the foremost bodhisattva is named Vairocana Treasury, sharing the name-form Vairocana with the teaching-lord of this sūtra, which is the weight of the beginning of this string. The Buddha of the south is named Universal Fragrance, while the world of the southeast is named Fragrant Flame Light and Sound and its Buddha Fragrant Lamp—the one sense of fragrance runs across two directions. Sumeru Lamp King in the west and Full Banner of Boundless Light of Wisdom above take their names, the one by a lamp and the other by light, both upon illumining. The world of the north is named Kāṣāya Banner, its Buddha Unbreakable Vajra, and its foremost Vajra Stride Valiant—all three names set up upon firmness and valiant advance. The northeast is marked by raising two names of ‘nothing obtained’ side by side. The world of the southwest is named by the sun of wisdom, while its bodhisattva is named Manifesting All Transformations Banner. The northwest sets up the name of its world by purity, while its Buddha is named Lofty and Surpassing Banner and its bodhisattva Dharma Banner King, the one sense of banner carried on. The Buddha of the direction below is named Unobstructed Wisdom Banner, answering exactly to the two words ‘unobstructed’ in the name of the dharma gate, and it is the gathering up of the ten rounds.

Li Tongxuan judges here that the manifesting of ten Buddha-fields in each of the ten directions makes clear that the substance of the concentration pervades everywhere and is full, and therefore ten is taken as the round number; and he says separately that the ten Tathāgatas seen within the concentration and the foremost bodhisattvas are the Buddha-fruit and the practice of this very stage manifested by the samādhi.

Set aside a misunderstanding: this piece of names is easily taken for layout that may be skipped. Yet it is precisely by the ‘no repeating’ of these ten rounds that the sūtra text plays ‘unobstructed’ out for a person to see—if what appeared within the body were only a blur of light, that would not be called unobstructed; that would be called blended into one. The names are each distinct and not mixed together, and this is the making good of “abode as it originally was, without confusion among them” above.

Not Coming and Not Going: The Pivotal Sentence of the Whole Stretch

“Son of good family! I see Tathāgatas such as these, as many as the dust motes of ten Buddha-fields in each of the ten directions. Those Tathāgatas did not come here, and I did not go there.”

Chengguan judges this sentence to be “concluding what is seen above as being without coming or going in substance,” and says that only after it does the text “display widely the substance and marks of seeing the Buddhas in accord with the mind.” This sentence is the pivot of the whole stretch. So much has been said above of what is seen that, without this sentence set down, a reader would suppose that the Buddhas shifted their seats and came, or that the elder went by the power of spiritual travel. The sūtra text denies both sides in one breath.

This sentence in the sixty-fascicle text reads “those Tathāgatas did not come here, and I did not go there,” word for word the same as the eighty-fascicle text—it is the place in this stretch where the two translations stand closest.

Set aside a misunderstanding: not coming and not going does not say ‘he did not really see them.’ The sūtra text says plainly that he saw, and saw with perfect clarity, down to being able to count off the names of the foremost bodhisattvas. What is denied is not the seeing; it is the mark of coming and going within the seeing. Brought down to the ground: a thing may really have happened, and yet the way it happened need not be the sort of moving you supposed.

If I Wish to See, Then According with My Intent I See: From What Is Seen to That Which Sees

“If I wish to see the Tathāgata Amitābha of the world Peace and Bliss, then according with my intent I see him”—and then the Tathāgata Vajra Light of the world Sandalwood, the Tathāgata Jewel Light of the world Wondrous Fragrance, the Tathāgata Jewel Lotus Flower Light of the world Lotus Flower, the Tathāgata Quiescent Light of the world Wondrous Gold, the Tathāgata Unmoving of the world Wondrous Joy, the Tathāgata Lion of the world Well Abiding, the Tathāgata Moon Awakening of the world Mirror Light, the Tathāgata Vairocana of the world Jewel Lion Adornment, closing with “all such as these I see at once, then and there,” and adding one more sentence, “and yet those Tathāgatas did not come here, and my body did not go there.”

Chengguan judges this stretch to be “displaying widely the substance and marks of seeing the Buddhas in accord with the mind,” and opens four sub-outlines: first, making clear that in being mindful of the Buddhas in accord with the mind the Buddhas are present; second, directly displaying the substance of the contemplation of mind-only mindfulness of the Buddha; third, taking the mind-only contemplation to run through the myriad dharmas; fourth, concluding by exhorting to cultivation and study so as to realize mind-only. And under the first sub-outline he says one sentence that weighs much—since one has understood that the objective realm is mind-only and understood that mind is the Buddha, therefore whatever is held in mind is nothing but the Buddha, and what is hard about seeing him?

The former piece of ten rounds is what appeared within the concentration, presented passively; this piece of nine Buddhas is seeing according with the intent, a matter on the side of that which sees. From what is seen to that which sees—this is the turning axle of the doctrine of this stretch. And the sūtra text repeats the not coming and not going once more here—the repetition is not superfluous; it binds the two pieces to one and the same principle.

Brought down to the ground: to shift one's attention from ‘what I have seen’ to ‘how this seeing came about’ is the way of looking that this stretch teaches.

The Four Similes: Dream · Reflected Image · Illusion · Echo

“I know that all the Buddhas and my own mind are wholly like a dream; I know that all the Buddhas are like a reflected image and that my own mind is like water; I know that all the color and mark the Buddhas have, and my own mind as well, are wholly like an illusion; I know that all the Buddhas and my own mind are wholly like an echo. Knowing thus and holding it in mind thus: the Buddhas that are seen are all by one's own mind.”

What the four similes have in common has to be pointed out first: every one of them raises both the Buddha and the mind, and there is not one that likens the Buddha alone. This is a place easily read past—if the four similes likened the Buddha only, it would fall into ‘the Buddha is false’; the sūtra text likens one's own mind along with him, and only when both sides are empty at once does the mark of coming and going truly fail to stand.

Chengguan judges that “the text has four pairs, and the sense contains the general and the particular,” and says that the general is the displaying of mind-only and the likening of the absence of coming and going, and the particular is that each simile likens mind-only and makes clear besides the absence of going out and coming in, and so on. Upon each simile he gives a gloss: the dream simile is what mind-only makes, being at once existent and empty, and therefore without coming or going; upon the simile of the moon in water he speaks most finely—when the full moon is in the autumn sky it appears according with the water, and if the clear pool is bright and pure then the moon's image is round and clear, and if the water is turbid and the waves surge then the light is dim and the image scatters; where there is water the moon appears, and when did it ever come in, and where there is no water the image is empty, and when did it ever go out; and at the end he turns it into words of cultivation: though one sees the moon in the water, who can hold it fast? The settling and scattering of the mind are to be pondered and chosen upon this simile. The illusion simile he judges to be the unobstructedness of emptiness and existence—being illusory and not real, then mind and Buddha both vanish, and yet the illusory mark is not nothing, and so mind and Buddha are not destroyed; therefore the absence of coming and going does not hinder universal seeing, and the seeing is a seeing that is no seeing and constantly accords with the Middle Way. The echo simile he says is that with the mind as condition the Buddha answers as an echo, and it is only a general likening of the sense of being formed by conditions.

Chengguan also cites here scriptural grounds for mindfulness of the Buddha. He cites the dream simile of the Banzhou sanmei jing, and cites as well a stretch about one who heard the name of a woman of Śrāvastī and then dreamed of her, saying ‘she did not come and I did not go, and yet the delightful matter was vivid,’ which is precisely to liken a substance without coming or going that yet changes according with the mind; and where he concludes upon mind-only, he cites the stretch ‘this mind is the Buddha’ of the Wuliangshou guan jing. These are what Chengguan cites, and they are attributed to him.

Fazang has another track here. His second simile is not the moon in water but lightning—this is because the sixty-fascicle text here originally reads “are wholly like lightning” and “like an image in water.” From lightning he opens out four senses of the great function of the Buddhas, and concludes at the end that when the water of the mind is settled and clear it can manifest that image, and the water does not go and the lightning does not come, and yet there is no image that is not manifested. His illusion simile he attaches to the gate of the mutual reliance of dependent arising, saying that because the illusory mind is unobstructed it can manifest an unobstructed illusory Buddha. Chengguan's Yanyi chao also notices that the general and the particular of the similes differ between the two translations, judging upon the eighty-fascicle text that the reflected image alone is a particular simile and the other three are all general, and judging upon the forty-fascicle text (the new translation) that the dream and the echo have both the general and the particular while the reflected image and the illusion are particular only and not general. These divergent glosses are all settled statements of the ancient worthies; they are recorded without judgment.

Chengguan's Yanyi chao has several further layers beneath the four similes, and they are best read on from here. First, he does not gloss the dream simile once only but gives three ways of matching it: in terms of the one who practices, the nature of mind is as the object, the contemplation as the thinking upon a condition, and the contemplation accomplished as the dream; in terms of the realm of the Buddhas, the Dharma body is as the object, the reward body as the thinking, and the response body as the dream; and in terms of both stimulus and response, that Buddha is as the object, the practitioner as the thinking, and the seeing of the Buddha as what is seen in a dream. All three gloss one and the same sentence of the sūtra—that all Buddhas and one's own mind are alike as a dream; change the matching, and the matter illumined changes a layer, while the simile itself does not move. Second, he opens the water simile into four kinds: clear, turbid, moving, still; and the four cross to make four cases—turbid and moving, having delusion and no faith and many scattered thoughts; turbid and unmoving, having delusion and no faith but no grasping after objects; clear and moving, without delusion and having faith but with much examining thought; clear and still, without delusion and having faith and settled. What the four persons see of the Buddha differs accordingly, and he comes to rest on the fourth: the form is upright and fine, settled and unconfused, and the more it is contemplated the brighter it grows. The words cited above, that the settling and the scattering of the mind are to be weighed by the simile, have their real content in these four cases. Third, he sets up four contemplations upon the four similes: the direct simile of mind-only, emptiness because of mind-only, the provisional because of mind-only, and the middle because of mind-only, taking the fusing of them without obstruction as this sūtra's intent; and as for why the four similes are not collapsed into one, he refers it to their several strengths—the dream simile shows no coming and no going, the reflected image no going out and no coming in, the illusion neither existent nor non-existent, the echo neither joined nor scattered—while the first three liken the seeing of the Buddha's body and the last also likens the hearing of the Dharma, the dream matching the Dharma body, the image the reward body, and the illusion the transformation body. Fourth, after the gathering of objects back into mind he still sweeps one layer more: the mind is that which sees and the Buddha is what is seen, and if subject and object remain, then mind-only too becomes one more pair set against each other; so he raises the question of the knife that does not cut itself and the finger that does not touch itself—how should one's own mind turn and see one's own mind? Only where subject and object are not divided is the mark of seeing cut off. This sweeping is Chengguan's own addition and attaches to him; and once the reader has found a place to come to rest in the sentence that they are all by one's own mind, this layer is the guard that keeps the resting place from becoming a new clinging.

This stretch has another side: the ampler text preserved in Prajñā's forty-fascicle translation of the Avataṃsaka. The forty-fascicle text runs wider than the eighty-fascicle, and reading it one sees how the same stretch of Dharma is opened out in another translation; but the seven matters below are all the text of the forty-fascicle version, and may not be filled back in as what the base text says outright. First, the conditions for entering concentration: the eighty-fascicle text has three (former roots of goodness, the Buddha's majestic power, Mañjuśrī's mindful recollection), and the forty-fascicle adds one more above them—the sustaining power of the original vows of the good friends of the ten directions; Chengguan, upon the base text, judges three conditions and takes former goodness as cause and the other two as conditions, so that the forty-fascicle's fourth condition does not fall within that judgment, being the translation's own amplitude. Second, the body and the Buddha-fields: where the fields appear within the body, the forty-fascicle text says outright that body and Buddha-fields enter into one another without obstructing one another—the eighty-fascicle here only says that all appear within his body without obstruction, abiding as they were and not jumbled together, and does not bring out the words ‘entering into one another’; and the sentence Chengguan's Chao cites when glossing the third sense of the unobstructed agrees with the forty-fascicle, from which it may be seen that the commentators, reading this sense, took the new translation in as well. Third, the order of the ten directions: the first eight are the same in both, while for the last two the eighty-fascicle puts above first and below after, and the forty-fascicle below first and above after; and the forty-fascicle's names carry many added graphs. The difference of order and name does not change what is signified—the ten Buddhas of the ten directions are all manifested by one mind—but it shows that the translations each have their own transmission. Fourth, the two limits of past and future: after the seeing of Buddhas at will, the forty-fascicle opens a separate part that sets up the seeing of Buddhas upon the two limits of past and future, concluding that they do not come into the present and that one's mind does not enter that past and future; the eighty-fascicle has no such part, and what it wards off lies on the side of place alone. Reading the two together, one sees that the one sense of ‘no coming or going’ may be said upon both time and place, the eighty-fascicle saying place and the forty-fascicle saying time as well. Fifth, the matching of the four similes: the eighty-fascicle raises only the similes themselves, while in the forty-fascicle each carries its matching—under the dream, that what is seen arises from discrimination and that the seeing of all Buddhas arises from one's own mind; under the image, the water in a vessel and the image in the water; under the illusion, what is made by illusion; under the echo, the empty valley that gives back an echo according to the sound, and the seeing of Buddhas according with mindfulness. The second simile is matched differently in all three texts: the eighty-fascicle takes the Buddha for the reflected image and one's own mind for the water, the forty-fascicle takes one's own mind for the water in a vessel and dharmas for the image in the water, and the sixty-fascicle reads lightning and an image in water. The particular similes Chengguan raises when glossing the dream and the echo, cited above, are word for word the text of the forty-fascicle. Sixth, the part on mind and consciousness: between the conclusion that all is by one's own mind and the ten dharmas for governing the mind, the forty-fascicle opens a long separate part, setting up the names of mind, manas, mental consciousness, and the five consciousnesses of the eye and the rest, and bringing out the words that when the Buddhas and bodhisattvas realize for themselves they turn the ālaya and obtain the wisdom of original awakening, and that the deluded grasp the various marks of activity of the ālaya; the eighty-fascicle has no text of the divisions of mind and consciousness here. This is a teaching-mark that the translation carries; what it actually has is recorded, without pouring it down upon the eighty-fascicle and without judging it as of definitive or non-definitive meaning. Seventh, the variants of the ten cultivations: both texts have ten sentences, three wholly the same (aiding with good dharmas, firmness through vigor, brightness and keenness of wisdom), the other seven all differing; and in the third the eighty-fascicle alone reads purifying and governing upon objective realms while the forty-fascicle reads governing and purifying by the wondrous Dharma—the one said of the objects faced, the other of the dharma used; while in the tenth the forty-fascicle adds the four fearlessnesses besides the ten powers. Taking the seven together, the amplitude of the forty-fascicle does not lie in setting up another dharma but in saying aloud the joints that the eighty-fascicle leaves terse. Taken as a comparison it profits the reader; taken as the base text it loses the attribution.

The four senses he opens out of lightning are worth looking at one by one. The first is the lighting of water so that a reflection appears, spoken in terms of responding to what is ready: the lightning flashes and there is a reflection upon the water's face; it is not that the lightning meant to light anyone, but that the water was there. The second is the breaking of darkness so that the road is seen, spoken in terms of destroying obstruction: the use of lightning is that in one instant it lights up a dark place, and a person thereby sees the road. The third is that it cannot be grasped and held, spoken in terms of being apart from marks and unobstructed: lightning cannot be caught, and just because it cannot be caught it does not become an obstruction. The fourth is that it perishes at once and does not abide, spoken in terms of not being gathered under the world: lightning does not stay, and so it does not fall within the time divisions of the world.

Taking the four together, the first and second speak of what lightning can do—it can make appear and it can break; the third and fourth speak of lightning's mark—no holding and no abiding. To be able and yet not to abide is just the look of the great working of a Buddha. Fazang concludes with one sentence: if the water of the mind is concentrated and clear it can make that image appear, and yet the water has never gone and the lightning has never come, while there is no image that fails to appear. This runs together with what Chengguan's simile of the moon in water gathers up, and yet the likeness each takes is not the same—the one follows the eighty-fascicle text and has a reflected image, the other follows the sixty-fascicle text and has lightning. Recorded without judgment.

Brought down to the ground: the four similes are not four figures of speech; they are four ways of taking ‘coming and going’ apart—the dream takes apart place, the reflected image takes apart going out and coming in, the illusion takes apart real existence, the echo takes apart self and other. Whichever one meets the clinging one has at present is the one to use.

By One's Own Mind: From the One Contemplation of Mindfulness of the Buddha Out to the Myriad Practices and the Myriad Fruits

“Son of good family! You should know that a bodhisattva's cultivating of the dharmas of the Buddhas, purifying of the fields of the Buddhas, gathering up of wondrous practices, taming of beings, giving rise to great vows, entering into the inconceivable gate of liberation of sovereign sporting in all-knowledge, obtaining of the Buddha's awakening, manifesting of great spiritual powers, going everywhere throughout all the Dharma realm of the ten directions, and universal entering into all the kalpas with a minutely fine wisdom—all such things as these are wholly by one's own mind.”

Chengguan judges this to be “taking the mind-only contemplation to run through the myriad dharmas,” and says it with perfect plainness: it is not only the one contemplation of mindfulness of the Buddha that is by one's own mind; the myriad practices of a bodhisattva and the substance and function of the Buddha-fruit are likewise not apart from mind.

This is the third layer of the doctrine of this stretch. The first layer is that the Buddhas seen are by mind; the second layer is that the mind that sees is likewise empty; the third layer is that the whole content of cultivation is wholly gathered under this same ‘by one's own mind.’ What is gathered counts out item by item as ten: one, cultivating the dharmas of the Buddhas; two, purifying the Buddha-fields; three, gathering up wondrous practices; four, taming beings; five, giving rise to great vows; six, entering the gate of the inconceivable liberation of sovereign play in all-knowledge; seven, obtaining the awakening of a Buddha; eight, manifesting great spiritual powers; nine, going everywhere throughout all the Dharma realm of the ten directions; ten, entering universally into all the kalpas with a minutely fine wisdom.

These ten have their order too. The first five are matters of the stage of cause: cultivating the Dharma is the studying, purifying the fields is the place relied upon, gathering up practices is what is accumulated, taming beings is whom one faces, giving rise to vows is the mind one holds. The sixth, entering the gate of liberation, is the pass through which one goes from cause into fruit. The latter four are the working of the stage of fruit: obtaining awakening is what is realized, manifesting spiritual powers is what is used, going everywhere throughout the Dharma realm is the place reached, and entering universally into all the kalpas with a minutely fine wisdom is the time entered—one item of space and one of time, gathered up at the end.

Set aside a misunderstanding: reading to this point one easily reads ‘by one's own mind’ as ‘only a matter of thinking it over in the mind.’ Of the ten matters the sūtra text lists, not one is a thinking over; every one is to be done. Brought down to the ground: mind-only does not do away with practice; it explains why practice can be carried through.

The Ten Sentences on Governing One's Own Mind: This Stretch Is Set There Precisely to Ward Off One Misunderstanding

“Therefore, son of good family, one should aid one's own mind with good dharmas, one should moisten one's own mind with the water of the Dharma, one should purify and govern one's own mind upon objective realms, one should make one's own mind firm with vigor, one should make one's own mind level and open with patience, one should make one's own mind clean and white with the realization of wisdom, one should make one's own mind bright and keen with wisdom, one should open out one's own mind with the sovereignty of the Buddhas, one should make one's own mind vast with the equality of the Buddhas, one should illumine and examine one's own mind with the ten powers of the Buddhas.”

Of the ten sentences nine run ‘one should, with such and such, do such and such to one's own mind,’ while the third reads ‘one should cleanse and govern one's own mind upon objective realms’; and the implement used in each differs: good dharmas, the water of the Dharma, objective realms, vigor, patience, the realization of wisdom, wisdom, the sovereignty of the Buddhas, the equality of the Buddhas, the ten powers of the Buddhas. The first four are practice, the middle three are wisdom, and the last three are the virtues of the ground of the fruit—from the shallow into the deep.

Chengguan judges plainly that “the text has ten sentences,” and glosses them one by one, with something to say upon each of the ten. Of the first sentence he says it is as with a sick man, who cannot rise without a staff, so that when the sickness of the afflictions is heavy one borrows good dharmas to support one—he sets up the lowest figure first, to say why there is still cultivating to be done. Of the second he says that if there were no water of the Dharma the sprout of the Dharma would not grow: roots of goodness are a sprout, and a sprout must be watered. Of the third he says that when one forgets the mind upon an objective realm the six dusts do not defile—what is to be governed is not the realm but the very thought one has when facing it. Of the fourth he says that when the old goodness is unadulterated and new goodness is taken up and cultivated, this may be called firm: the old is not falsified, and the new is added on. Of the fifth he says that when the adverse and the agreeable do not intrude, one is level and wide open—only when neither favorable nor unfavorable circumstances come to disturb is the ground of the mind broad. Of the sixth he says that in the inward realization of still illumining one is bright and without flaw. Of the seventh he says that touching an objective realm one understands it as it is, and there is nothing not discerned: whatever one meets is clear then and there. Of the eighth he says that the six sovereign kings are the same in nature as the Buddha, and that opening the dust and bringing out their function makes knowing and seeing distinct. Of the ninth he says that being of the same suchness as the Buddha, one's substance pervades the Dharma realm. Of the tenth he says that with the ten powers by which beings are tamed one examines and finds what has been let slip—one uses the ten powers to check what one has missed. And at the end he concludes with one sentence: to cultivate the mind in this way is to make full the Buddha-dharma spoken of before.

Look at the order in which these ten are fitted: the first two say why one must cultivate and with what one cultivates; the middle five say how one cultivates upon objective realms (facing the realm, old and new, adverse and agreeable, still illumining, touching the realm); the last three say how far the cultivating goes (the six faculties sovereign, being of one substance with the Buddha, checking oneself by the ten powers). Fazang likewise judges ten sentences here, but the names of his sentences each differ, running: one, lengthening the mind by goodness; two, moistening the mind by the Dharma; three, tempering the mind upon objective realms, and so on.

And what this stretch is truly for, Chengguan lays bare most directly: he judges it to be the concluding exhortation to cultivation and study, saying that since the myriad dharmas are not apart from one's own mind, one cultivates one's own mind alone and the myriad practices are complete; and at the same time that it is to drive off the false understanding of the foolish. What is falsely understood he writes out likewise—some reckon and say that all dharmas are mind, and that letting them go as they are is the Buddha, so that to drive oneself about among the myriad dharmas is surely labor wasted. Chengguan answers it decisively: therefore today he makes it clear at length that the mind, though it is the Buddha, has long been filmed over by the dust of toil, and so one takes the myriad practices to cultivate it further and make it bright and clear; and he says as well that to say the myriad practices are by mind is not to say that not cultivating is right; and further, that since the myriad dharmas are the mind, what does cultivating obstruct in the mind?

Fazang judges this same sense, but says it in terms of cultivation and realization: the realm of the Buddhas pervades all things to begin with, and it is only because the mind's filth is set against it that it is not seen; if one governs one's own mind, causing it to leave obstruction behind and obtain concentration, the realm of the Buddhas appears then and there.

Brought down to the ground: these ten sentences are the guardrail of the whole teaching of mind-only in this stretch. The higher what is said above, the more this guardrail matters—to read “wholly by one's own mind” as meaning that one need not cultivate is precisely the understanding this stretch expressly wards off.

Humbling Himself and Deferring to the Superior: He Knows Only One Gate, and He Can Say What Others Know

“Son of good family! I have obtained entering and coming out only upon this gate of liberation of the Tathāgatas' unobstructed adornment.”—This is a form shared by all the fifty-three visits, and Chengguan outlines it as ‘humbling oneself and deferring to the superior.’

And the content of the deferring repays close looking. He lists what the bodhisattva-mahāsattvas have and he himself has not: obtaining unobstructed wisdom, abiding in unobstructed practice, obtaining the samādhi of constantly seeing all the Buddhas, obtaining the samādhi of not abiding in the limit of nirvāṇa, fully understanding the universal-gate realm of samādhi, being wholly equal toward the dharmas of the three times, being able with skill to divide their bodies throughout all the fields, abiding in the realm of the equality of the Buddhas, the realms of the ten directions being all present before them, observing with wisdom and there being nothing they do not clearly understand, and within their own bodies wholly manifesting the forming and the breaking up of all the worlds and yet not giving rise to a thought of two toward their own bodies and the worlds; and it closes with “of such wondrous practices as these, how could I know or tell?”

Note the virtue deferred to in the last sentence: manifesting the forming and breaking up of worlds within the body, and yet not making a thought of two of one's own body and the worlds. This is precisely the very matter he himself has just manifested, carried one layer further—he can manifest the Buddha-fields of the ten directions within his body, and what is deferred to here is the not giving rise even to the thought of two, of body and of field.

The virtues deferred to count out item by item as eleven, and may be looked at in four cuts. The first two are substance: obtaining unobstructed wisdom and abiding in unobstructed practice—wisdom and practice each set up upon the unobstructed, and those two graphs are the very two in the name of his own dharma gate, which shows that what he defers to is indeed within the one gate. The next two are concentration: obtaining the samādhi of constantly seeing all Buddhas, and obtaining the samādhi of not abiding at the limit of nirvāṇa—the one is the power to see, the other the not abiding; to be able to see and yet not to take the limit of nirvāṇa is where a bodhisattva differs from the two vehicles. The third cut, of three, is the equality of objective realms: penetrating the objective realm of the universal gate of samādhi, being wholly equal toward the dharmas of the three times, being able skillfully to divide his body and pervade all fields—from the realm of concentration, to the equality of the three times, to the body's reaching everywhere. The fourth cut, of four, is the unobstructedness of working: abiding in the objective realm of the equality of all Buddhas, having the objective realms of the ten directions all appear before him, observing with wisdom so that nothing is not clear, and making appear within his body the forming and decaying of all worlds without giving rise to the thought of two.

Reading them one by one, one finds this: not one of the eleven is some other kind of spiritual power outside what he has just manifested; every one of them is what he manifested pressed one layer further in. He can make fields appear within his body, and what he defers to is the forming and decaying of worlds appearing within a body; he can see the Buddhas of the ten directions, and what he defers to is having the objective realms of the ten directions all appear before him; he can enter and come out of this gate, and what he defers to is being wholly equal toward the dharmas of the three times. This is why Fazang says the deferring upward of this stretch belongs to the kind in which “within one's own dharma gate there is something deeper and finer,” and is not a deferring to the dharma of another house.

Fazang distinguishes here a general rule: the looking up and deferring in all these passages is of two kinds—one, that within one's own dharma gate there is something deeper and finer that one cannot oneself know; two, that one defers to a dharma gate of a different kind that one cannot oneself know. He says plainly that this stretch belongs to the former kind. This judgment is very useful—what the Elder Liberation defers to is not another house's Dharma; it is the place where one and the same gate goes deeper.

Set aside a misunderstanding: reading the humbling of himself as courtesy. Every sentence deferred to in the sūtra text names names and can say what the other knows—this is not courtesy; it is knowing where one's own boundary lies. Brought down to the ground: true humility is being able to say clearly the stretch that one does not know.

Pointing to the Next Friend: South, to Look for Ocean Banner

“Son of good family! From here journey south, to the shore of Jambudvīpa, where there is a land named Marigala; there is a monk there named Ocean Banner. Go there and ask him: how is a bodhisattva to study the practice of a bodhisattva and to cultivate the path of a bodhisattva?”

Chengguan has a reading for each of the three proper names here. The shore of Jambudvīpa he says is the southern edge of this continent, signifying that one is soon to border upon non-retrogression; and he says as well that it is the wisdom obtained, being at the hinder edge of the six perfections. Marigala he points out is rendered in the Jin translation as Adornment. The monk's name, Ocean Banner, he says is that the working is deep and wide and stands out high—the mind is upright and unmoving as an ocean, and it is the most lofty and surpassing.

What has to be noticed is the question: the words the Elder Liberation charges Sudhana to go and ask are not one word changed from the words Sudhana just now asked him. This question appears again and again throughout the fifty-three visits, and it is the thread that strings the whole road of the study of the visits together.

Brought down to the ground: the completeness of a good friend lies not only in what he can answer, but in his knowing to whom the person should be handed on next.

Cherishing His Virtue, Bowing, and Taking Leave: Before Going, He Thinks Through Nine Things About the Good Friend

“At this time, the youth Sudhana bowed to the feet of the Elder Liberation, circled him to the right and beheld him, extolled and praised him, pondered and gazed up with longing, and wept and shed tears”—and then a stretch of holding in mind: relying upon the good friend, serving the good friend, revering the good friend, and by the good friend getting sight of all-knowledge; toward the good friend giving rise to no going against him, having no fawning or deceit in mind, having a mind that constantly accords; toward the good friend giving rise to the thought of a kind mother, because it can leave behind all dharmas without benefit; toward the good friend giving rise to the thought of a kind father, because it can bring forth all good dharmas. Only at the end does he “take his leave and go.” What is held in mind, counted sentence by sentence as they actually are, is nine: one, relying upon the good friend; two, serving the good friend; three, revering the good friend; four, by the good friend getting sight of all-knowledge; five, toward the good friend giving rise to no going against him; six, toward the good friend having no fawning or deceit in mind; seven, toward the good friend having a mind that constantly accords; eight, toward the good friend giving rise to the thought of a kind mother; nine, toward the good friend giving rise to the thought of a kind father. What follow, “for the sake of leaving behind all dharmas without benefit” and “for the sake of bringing forth all good dharmas,” are words of reason, attached to the two sentences of the mother-thought and the father-thought, and are not counted as separate matters.

What the thought of a kind mother and the thought of a kind father are attached to must be kept distinct: the mother-thought is attached to ‘leaving behind what is without benefit,’ and the father-thought to ‘bringing forth good dharmas’—the one warding off and the one setting forth, exactly the two sides.

And the placing of this stretch has to be seen as well. It follows upon the pointing to the next friend, and does not follow upon the obtaining of the Dharma—that is to say, cherishing his virtue is not a gratitude that arises for the sake of getting something; it is at the moment of leaving that it is most complete. The road of twelve years above comes first, and the holding in mind of this stretch comes after; another stretch of road is about to begin, and what he carries is precisely these nine sentences.

Brought down to the ground: after studying a stretch of Dharma, what is most worth keeping is often not the name of the dharma gate, but how the heart toward the one who conferred it is to be settled. This stretch is what Sudhana's settling of it looks like.

Lineage

The stream this stretch of text opens below it is not in the treatises, but along two lines, that of the name and that of the sense.

The first is the line of the name. Zhiyan's Huayan jing kongmu zhang lists the names of the fifty-three good friends, and this good friend stands sixth, with the seventh, the monk Ocean Banner, immediately after him—which agrees with the sentence of the base text pointing to the next friend, and verifies the settling of the order of the visits. As for the name of the stage, ‘the abode of fully endowed skillful means,’ the sūtra text itself has it not; it is a stage assigned by Chengguan following the ancient worthies, and Chengguan's Yanyi chao glosses this stage as carrying the true while according with the common, practicing measureless skillfulness, and transforming without abiding. Whoever speaks of this stage must attribute it plainly to the commentators, and may not take it as a judgment the sūtra text makes of itself.

Zhiyan does not merely list the name of this good friend: his Souxuan ji has another outline, running on a different track from Chengguan's and from Fazang's, and it is best read out separately. He sets this stretch up in three parts: the exhortation of the teaching to go on and enter; entering on in accord with the teaching; and the setting forth of the direct realization of the Dharma realm—the first being what Mañjuśrī's teaching exhorts, the second Sudhana's practicing in accord with the teaching, and only the third the Dharma realm the Elder shows. All three names are set up between ‘teaching’ and ‘realization,’ and may be read alongside Chengguan's six parts (seeking in accord with the teaching, seeing and paying respect and inquiring, directly showing the Dharma realm, and the rest) without standing in for them. The part on entering on he opens again into eight, the last being the inquiry, and within the inquiry three again (making clear what he himself wishes for, praising the virtue, the direct request), which agrees with the order of the stretch in the base text where Sudhana speaks. The part on what he wishes for Zhiyan counts as fifteen sentences seeking the dharmas of the fruit, fourteen seeking the dharmas of the cause, and third the dharmas of practice cultivated in one's own portion; this fifteen and this fourteen attach to the text he is glossing, and are not the same outline as the base text's three parts of thirteen, five, and thirteen—the same stretch of sūtra and two houses counting differently, because the text relied upon and the bounds drawn differ, not because either has miscounted; the reader may not set the two counts side by side and judge one right and one wrong. The part on direct realization he divides in two: telling of the dharma he himself has obtained, and deferring upward; within the obtaining there are three again (making clear the obtaining of the dharma gate, setting forth the matters the dharma gate manifests, concluding the bounds of his understanding), and within the entering of concentration three again (setting forth the entering and its causes and conditions, making clear the virtue of the concentration, setting forth the name of the dharma gate). Most to be noticed is the gate on the matters manifested: Zhiyan judges it as two pairs set against each other—first self and other set one against the other, then mind and object set one against the other; and within mind and object he divides two layers, the true and the common, taking the sentence where the Elder says that the good man should know for the border between them, each layer having a setting up and an exhorting. Chengguan here judges by the general and the particular of the four similes, while Zhiyan sums it up by the single gate of mind and object set one against the other: the one enters by the general and the particular of the similes, the other by the opposition of subject and object; the gates entered differ and what both come home to is mind-only. Both outlines are settled statements of the ancient worthies; they are recorded without judgment.

The second is the line of the sense, and the ancient worthies each take their own. Chengguan takes the one sense of ‘mind-only’ as the bone of this stretch, and therefore his outline sets up its headings everywhere by the mind-only contemplation, and by the stretch on the concluding exhortation to cultivation and study he wards off the fault of ‘letting the mind be is the Buddha’; and he cites two verses from earlier in this sūtra as his grounds, the one the verse on observing the nature of the Dharma realm, all things being made by mind alone, and the other the verse that as the mind is so is the Buddha, and as the Buddha is so are beings—by which it may be seen that the mind-only of this stretch does not arise alone in this stretch, but is the sense of the earlier text of this sūtra taking on a concrete mark of practice at this stage. Fazang, upon the sixty-fascicle text, sets up a five-part outline, sets up four senses upon ‘unobstructed’ without Chengguan's fifth sense of the wisdom that holds, and his second pair of similes follows the sixty-fascicle text in reading lightning rather than the moon in water, so that the gates of sense he opens differ from Chengguan's as well. Li Tongxuan sets up another track, judging this stage to have the pāramitā of dhyāna as its substance with the other nine as companions, taking the Elder Liberation for a layman of the world and thereby signifying dwelling amid the common world while practicing the true, and taking the twelve years of this stretch to reflect back upon the twelve years of the second friend, the monk Ocean Cloud, the one signifying coming forth from the world and the one signifying dwelling amid the common world. What these houses set up each has its own track; they are recorded, without judging which is higher.

Li Tongxuan's track opens four further gates in fascicle thirty-five, glossing the close of this stretch—from the sentence on the bodhisattva mahāsattvas down to the sentence where Sudhana takes his leave and goes—which he judges as four gates: the deferring of virtue to the stage ahead; showing the direction and the land of the good friend; raising the good friend's name; and Sudhana's reverent cherishing, his shedding of tears, and his taking leave. The names of the four gates already show his reading: humbling oneself and deferring to the superior he does not read as words of self-deprecation but as ‘deferring virtue to the stage ahead’—the virtue deferred goes to the stage ahead that is yet to be advanced to, and therefore what follows at once exhorts Sudhana to go on seeking and to apply himself further; the ten kinds of surpassing excellence are the virtue deferred, and the applying is the practice exhorted. Under the gate of direction he glosses the three graphs for the edge of Jambudvīpa and fastens them to the stage: this stage is the abode of the rectified mind, and is the utmost edge of the two kinds of wisdom and spiritual power, that which comes forth from the world and that which dwells amid the world, and therefore the sūtra signifies it by the edge of Jambudvīpa—an edge is a boundary, and one who has come to this stage has brought each of the two functions to its boundary. Under the gate of the name he glosses the two graphs of Ocean Banner: virtue and wisdom are like the ocean, and because they can break the place of beings' karma and delusion he is named a banner; a banner has the sense of demolishing. And of the land named Mārīkara he notes that the Sanskrit original is untranslated—an honest record of what he does not know, not a forced gloss. These four gates do not attach as Chengguan's and Fazang's outlines do: Chengguan's last two parts are the humbling of oneself and the pointing to the next friend, set up by the order of the text, while Li's treatise sets up by stage and by name, and so can press out of the single phrase ‘the edge of Jambudvīpa’ the boundary of the abode of the rectified mind, and out of the single name ‘Ocean Banner’ the sense of demolishing. This is the track of Li's treatise alone; it is recorded, without judging which is higher.

As for the line of consciousness-only and the several treatises of the Huayan house, none of the texts searched has the name of this good friend, and so the lineage of this stretch is seen only in the commentators who gloss it passage by passage.

The answer of one good friend: in its first half he makes no sound, and in its latter half he does not go out of doors. The half that made no sound let a person see the Buddha-fields; the half that made a sound said only one thing—the Buddhas that are seen are all by one's own mind.

考據Apparatus

本段是五十三參中第五位善友。解脫長者答問之法,不從口出而從身出——他先入三昧,於自身之中現十方各十佛剎微塵數佛,令善財親見親聞;出定之後才報出法門之名「如來無礙莊嚴解脫門」。全段之骨在二句:「彼諸如來不來至此,我不往彼」與「所見諸佛,皆由自心」。澄觀判此定名之「無礙」有五義,法藏判有四義(法藏無第五「智持」一義);四喻(夢·影·幻·響)澄觀判「文有四對,意含通別」,其《鈔》復辨八十本與四十本喻之通別互異。六十本第二喻作「電光」「水中像」而八十本作「影像」「自心如水」,隨意見佛之佛名二本亦多寡不同,並錄不判。本節經文偈行零,無重頌。


一、科判定位

科判系統此節經文 之位
底本 T279 三十九品品三十九 入法界品(第九會 逝多林)· 末會寄位修行相之第五善友 · 解脫長者〔T10n0279 0338b18〕–〔0340b02 前〕
澄觀《華嚴經疏》本善友正釋〔T35n1735 0927c05〕起 · 訖於第六海幢章前〔0928c13〕
澄觀《演義鈔》對釋本段〔T36n1736 0670a25〕–〔0672b26〕(訖「餘可知」)
法藏《探玄記》(六十華嚴疏)第五方便具足住〔T35n1733 0459b17〕起 –〔0460b04〕訖
李通玄《新華嚴經論》十門科〔T36n1739 0959c24〕起 · 卷三十四末訖〔0960b09〕 · 卷三十五續開四門〔0960b16〕
智儼《搜玄記》第五方便具足住菩薩科〔T35n1732 0092b13–0092c03〕(正釋見第六目)

澄觀之六分科——本節經文全文之骨:

「第五解脫長者,寄具足方便住,分六」〔T35n1735 0927c05〕

其六為:初依教趣求〔0927c06〕· 二「既得見已」下見敬諮問〔0927c12〕· 三「時解脫」下正示法界〔0927c21〕· 第四「善男子我唯」下謙己推勝〔0928c07〕· 第五「從此」下指示後友〔0928c08〕。〔按:疏標「分六」而下文所出之目為五,末一「戀德禮辭」段疏未別標。〕

正示法界之二分——本段最要之結構,在「入定默示」與「出定言答」二層:

〔T35n1735 0927c21〕「第三「時解脫」〔0927c21〕下正示法界,分二:初入定默示、後出定言答。」

「所以此中入定示者,亦顯此位定增上故。」〔T35n1735 0927c22〕

入定一層又三:「初彰入定因緣,宿善為因表自修故」〔T35n1735 0927c23〕· 二「即入」下舉定名體 · 三「入此三昧」下明定業用。出定一層則四:「一明起定」· 二示定名體 · 三「善男子我入出」下明定業用 · 四「善男子我見如是」下彰定體相。

法藏之五分科(就六十本·與澄觀名異次相當):

「第五方便具足住中,五分同前。」〔T35n1733 0459b17〕

其示法界一分開三:「初入定默示、二出定告示、三結唯知此一。」〔T35n1733 0459c17〕出定告示又三:「初舉法門體、二正辨業用、三勸修令入。」〔T35n1733 0459c26〕

李通玄之十門科:一思惟勝進 · 「二漸次遊行十有二年至住林城」〔T36n1739 0959c25〕· 三推求解脫長者 · 四見已致敬正申所求 · 五入三昧現身中十方佛剎 · 六從定而起以言說說定中境界 · 「七明解脫長者隨心應念諸佛現前」〔T36n1739 0960a01〕· 「八心念無體見佛如影」〔0960a02〕· 「九心無表裏遍至十方而無去來」〔0960a02〕· 十正示三昧之名。末門通玄自釋曰「正示三昧之名及出入自在分」〔T36n1739 0960a04〕。


二、術語

漢古德傳梵(羅馬字·發音輔助)所徵精義
解脫長者—本品「周遍推求解脫長者」〔T10n0279 0338c12〕第五善友。法藏釋名「長者名解脫者,有財有德名為長者」〔T35n1733 0459b21〕,又「身內容現無邊佛境,定用自在名為解脫」〔0459b22〕
具足方便住—澄觀「第五解脫長者,寄具足方便住,分六」〔T35n1735 0927c05〕十住之第五。《鈔》釋此位曰「帶真隨俗,習無量善巧,化無住故」〔T36n1736 0670b04〕。位名出澄觀科,非經文自標
住林城—本品「至住林城」〔T10n0279 0338c12〕解脫長者所居之城。法藏「住林者,行德建立名林,安固不動稱住」〔T35n1733 0459b18〕
那羅延—(「那羅延」本即古傳音寫)本品「其心堅固,猶如金剛及那羅延,無能壞者」〔T10n0279 0338b27〕力士之名·喻堅不可壞
阿耨多羅三藐三菩提—(本即古傳音寫)本品「我已先發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心」〔T10n0279 0338c18〕無上正等正覺
普攝一切佛剎無邊旋陀羅尼—(「陀羅尼」本即古傳音寫)本品「即入菩薩三昧門,名:普攝一切佛剎無邊旋陀羅尼」〔T10n0279 0339a24〕解脫長者所入之定名。澄觀釋「謂普攝諸剎在於身中」〔T35n1735 0927c27〕,又「由唯心之智稱性總持,令如體用旋轉無礙,故以為名」〔0927c27〕
如來無礙莊嚴解脫門—本品「我已入出如來無礙莊嚴解脫門」〔T10n0279 0339b23〕本善友所得之法門名。澄觀判「名如來無礙莊嚴者,總有五義」〔T35n1735 0928a04〕
十佛剎微塵數—本品「顯現十方各十佛剎微塵數佛」〔T10n0279 0339a26〕以佛剎碎為微塵之數喻多。六十本此處作「十方各一萬佛剎微塵等如來」〔T09n0278 0694c24〕之計,見四目
兜率宮—(「兜率」本即古傳音寫)本品「或於一世界處兜率宮而作佛事」〔T10n0279 0339b05〕法藏就六十本所判「八相」之首處(八十本經文無「八相」二字)
舍利—(「舍利」本即古傳音寫)本品「或分舍利,或起塔廟」〔T10n0279 0339b10〕佛滅後所留身骨
閻浮提畔—(「閻浮提」本即古傳音寫)本品「從此南行,至閻浮提畔」〔T10n0279 0340a21〕澄觀「閻浮提畔者,此洲南際,表將隣不退故」〔T35n1735 0928c09〕
摩利伽羅—(本即古傳音寫)本品「有一國土,名:摩利伽羅」〔T10n0279 0340a21〕海幢比丘所居國。澄觀「摩利伽羅,晉經譯為莊嚴」〔T35n1735 0928c11〕

三、譬喻·修辭

(一) 四喻(夢·影·幻·響)——本段之眼。經文四句連下:「知一切佛及與我心,悉皆如夢」〔T10n0279 0339c28〕·「知一切佛猶如影像,自心如水」〔0339c29〕·「知一切佛所有色相及以自心,悉皆如幻」〔0339c29〕·「知一切佛及以己心,悉皆如響」〔0340a01〕。

  • 喻依:夢事、水中之影、幻術所作、谷中之響。
  • 喻體:所見之佛與能見之心——四喻皆雙舉佛與心,非唯喻佛。
  • 澄觀判其通別:「文有四對,意含通別」〔T35n1735 0928a23〕,「謂通顯唯心喻無來往,別喻唯心兼明不出入等」〔0928a23〕。
  • 夢喻:「此喻唯心所作,即有而空,故無來去」〔T35n1735 0928a26〕。
  • 影喻(水月):「若月滿秋空,隨水而現,澄潭皎淨則月影圓明,水濁波騰則光昏影散」〔T35n1735 0928b02〕,「有水月現,曾何入來?無水影空,未曾出去」〔0928b04〕,末繫修觀曰「雖水中見月,誰能執持?心之定散,準喻思擇」〔0928b05〕。
  • 幻喻:「如幻非實,則心佛兩亡。而不無幻相,則不壞心佛」〔T35n1735 0928b06〕,故「正喻空有無礙故,即無來去不妨普見,見即無見常契中道」〔0928b07〕。
  • 響喻:「以心為緣而佛響應」〔T35n1735 0928b09〕,「此但總喻緣成之義」〔0928b10〕。

法藏於此四對別開一義。其第二對不作水月而作電光:「二對中如電等,約佛大用有四種義」〔T35n1733 0460a09〕,結曰「心水定澄能現彼像,水亦不去電亦不來,而像無不現故也」〔T35n1733 0460a13〕——此因六十本此喻本作「電光」(見四目)。其幻喻則繫十玄之一門:「以幻心無礙故,能現無礙之幻佛」〔T35n1733 0460a15〕,「此是緣起相由門中自在之義」〔0460a16〕。

(二) 十方十佛之鋪排——「我入出此解脫門時」以下,東·南·西·北·東北·東南·西南·西北·上·下十方各舉一世界、一如來、一上首菩薩,句式全同而名相全異,凡十番。末以「善男子!我見如是等十方各十佛剎微塵數如來」〔T10n0279 0339c19〕總收。此為「廣顯業用」之鋪排,非泛言十方。

(三) 隨意見佛之九佛——「我若欲見安樂世界阿彌陀如來,隨意即見」〔T10n0279 0339c21〕以下,栴檀·妙香·蓮華·妙金·妙喜·善住·鏡光明·寶師子莊嚴八世界之佛續舉,合安樂世界共九佛,末以「如是一切,悉皆即見」收。前十番是定中所現,此九番是隨心而見——鋪排相似而義次不同。

(四) 十法修治自心——「應以善法扶助自心」〔T10n0279 0340a08〕以下十句,九句作『應以…自心』之句式,第三句作「應於境界淨治自心」,末句「應以佛十力照察自心」〔0340a12〕。澄觀直判「文有十句」〔T35n1735 0928b28〕,並一一釋之,如第一句「如彼病人,非杖不起,煩惱病重,假善相資」〔0928b28〕,第八句「六自在王,性同於佛,開塵發用知見分明」〔0928c04〕,結曰「如是修心則圓前佛法」〔0928c06〕。法藏亦判十句而句名各異:「一以善長心、二以法潤心、三於境鍊心」〔T35n1733 0460a24〕以下。

(五) 十難之修辭——善財陳詞之首,以十個「難」字連下:「善知識者,難可得見,難可得聞,難可出現」〔T10n0279 0338c15〕以下至「難得隨逐」。澄觀釋此段之意曰「而自慶者,希望多年故」〔T35n1735 0927c13〕。

(六) 治心十一事之排比——「令除迷倒障,拔猶豫箭,截疑惑網,照心稠林」〔T10n0279 0339a14〕以下,以「箭」「網」「稠林」「垢濁」為喻,說善知識之能誘誨。


四、異譯對勘

本節經文要句之漢譯校本:實叉難陀 T279(底本·卷六十二)· 佛馱跋陀羅 T278(晉譯六十華嚴〈入法界品第三十四之三〉·卷四十六)。四十華嚴 T293 唯存品三十九,其本段別為一系,本目以六十本為主對校。

句一 趣求後友

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279漸次遊行,十有二年,至住林城,周遍推求解脫長者T10n0279 0338c11
佛馱 T278漸漸遊行,經十二年,至住林國;周遍推求解脫長者T09n0278 0694a02

異文所繫:(甲)「住林城」/「住林國」——城國之異。(乙)二本皆作十二年,故古德十二年之表法二本共有。(丙)六十本前段以「爾時,善財童子正念菩薩所言不虛法門」〔T09n0278 0693c10〕起,八十本以「爾時,善財童子思惟諸菩薩無礙解陀羅尼光明莊嚴門」〔T10n0279 0338b18〕起——所念前教之名二本不同。誌錄不判。

句二 見敬之儀

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279既得見已,五體投地,起立合掌,白言T10n0279 0338c12
佛馱 T278見已,禮足,於一面住,作如是念T09n0278 0694a03
佛馱 T278我得善利,見善知識T09n0278 0694a04

異文所繫:八十本見已即白言,讚善知識難逢之語在白言之內;六十本則見已先「作如是念」,讚難逢之語在心念之內,其下始「白言」。八十本十難,六十本八難。誌錄不判。

句三 請問之語

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279唯願聖者為我宣說:菩薩云何學菩薩行、修菩薩道?隨所修習,疾得清淨,疾得明了T10n0279 0339a21
佛馱 T278唯願大聖為我分別云何菩薩向菩薩道,修菩薩道T09n0278 0694b06

異文所繫:(甲)稱謂異——八十本「聖者」,六十本「大聖」。(乙)問語異——八十本作「學菩薩行、修菩薩道」,六十本作「向菩薩道,修菩薩道」。誌錄不判。

句四 法門之名

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279善男子!我已入出如來無礙莊嚴解脫門T10n0279 0339b23
佛馱 T278善男子!我已成就如來無礙莊嚴法門T09n0278 0694c04

異文所繫:(甲)八十本「入出」而六十本「成就」——八十本之「入出」與末段「我唯於此如來無礙莊嚴解脫門而得入出」〔T10n0279 0340a13〕首尾相應,六十本末段則作「我唯修此如來無礙法門」〔T09n0278 0695a16〕。(乙)八十本名「解脫門」,六十本名「法門」。誌錄不判。

句五 十方十佛之名

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279即見東方閻浮檀金光明世界,龍自在王如來、應、正等覺,道場眾會之所圍遶,毘盧遮那藏菩薩而為上首T10n0279 0339b24
佛馱 T278得此法門已,覩見東方閻浮檀光世界,星宿王如來、應供、等正覺,明淨藏菩薩等一切大眾T09n0278 0694c05
實叉 T279又見南方速疾力世界,普香如來、應、正等覺,道場眾會之所圍遶,心王菩薩而為上首T10n0279 0339b27
佛馱 T278又見南方諸力世界,普香如來、應供、等正覺,心王菩薩等一切大眾T09n0278 0694c07
實叉 T279又見北方袈裟幢世界,不可壞金剛如來、應、正等覺,道場眾會之所圍遶,金剛步勇猛菩薩而為上首T10n0279 0339c02
佛馱 T278又見北方聖服幢世界,自在神力無有能壞如來、應供、等正覺,自在勢菩薩等一切大眾T09n0278 0694c10

異文所繫:(甲)十方之次第二本全同(東·南·西·北·東北·東南·西南·西北·上·下)。(乙)世界名·如來名·上首菩薩名多有異譯:東方世界八十本「閻浮檀金光明」/六十本「閻浮檀光」,佛名八十本「龍自在王」/六十本「星宿王」,菩薩八十本「毘盧遮那藏」/六十本「明淨藏」;北方世界八十本「袈裟幢」/六十本「聖服幢」(袈裟即聖服之義譯),菩薩八十本「金剛步勇猛」/六十本「自在勢」。(丙)三十名逐名對盤,二本全同者七:南方佛名「普香」·南方上首「心王」·西方世界「香光」·西方佛名「須彌燈王」·西方上首「無礙心」·西南方佛名「法界輪幢」·西北方上首「法幢王」〔六十本見 T09n0278 0694c07–c19〕;餘二十三名皆異譯。(丁)如來十號之譯語異——八十本「應、正等覺」,六十本「應供、等正覺」。(戊)眷屬之語異——八十本『道場眾會之所圍遶,某菩薩而為上首』,六十本『某菩薩等一切大眾』。誌錄不判。

句六 所見佛數與不來不去

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279善男子!我見如是等十方各十佛剎微塵數如來。彼諸如來不來至此,我不往彼T10n0279 0339c19
佛馱 T278善男子!我見十方各一萬佛剎微塵等如來;彼諸如來不來至此,我不往彼T09n0278 0694c24

異文所繫:所見佛數八十本作「十佛剎微塵數」,六十本作「一萬佛剎微塵等」——數異。而「彼諸如來不來至此,我不往彼」一句二本逐字全同,是本段二譯最相合之一處。誌錄不判。

句七 隨意見佛之佛名

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279我若欲見安樂世界阿彌陀如來,隨意即見T10n0279 0339c21
佛馱 T278善男子!我若欲見安樂世界,無量壽佛,隨意即見T09n0278 0694c26

異文所繫:(甲)八十本作「阿彌陀如來」(音寫),六十本作「無量壽佛」(義譯)——同佛異譯。(乙)其下所舉之佛,八十本八佛(栴檀世界金剛光明如來·妙香世界寶光明如來·蓮華世界寶蓮華光明如來·妙金世界寂靜光如來·妙喜世界不動如來·善住世界師子如來·鏡光明世界月覺如來·寶師子莊嚴世界毘盧遮那如來),六十本四佛(妙樂世界阿閦如來(六十本此處作「妙樂世界,阿閦如來」)·善住世界師子如來·善現圓滿光明世界月慧如來·寶師子莊嚴世界毘樓遮那如來)——八十本合安樂共九,六十本合安樂共五。(丙)「妙喜世界不動如來」/「妙樂世界,阿閦如來」同佛異譯(不動即阿閦之義譯)。誌錄不判。

句八 四喻

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279知一切佛猶如影像,自心如水T10n0279 0339c29
佛馱 T278知一切佛,悉如電光,了知己心,如水中像T09n0278 0695a03
實叉 T279知一切佛及以己心,悉皆如響T10n0279 0340a01
佛馱 T278知一切佛,音聲如響,己心亦爾T09n0278 0695a05
實叉 T279我如是知,如是憶念:所見諸佛,皆由自心T10n0279 0340a02
佛馱 T278如是知,如是解,如是入T09n0278 0695a06

異文所繫:(甲)第二喻異形最大——八十本以佛為影像、以心為水,六十本以佛為電光、以心之所知為水中像。法藏之「二對中如電等」〔T35n1733 0460a09〕即依六十本立;澄觀之『水月』一段〔T35n1735 0928b02〕則依八十本立。(乙)六十本第一喻前另有「知一切佛無所從來,我無所至」〔T09n0278 0695a02〕一句,八十本無此句而別作「然彼如來不來至此,我身亦不往詣於彼」〔T10n0279 0339c27〕置於四喻之前。(丙)結句八十本歸於「皆由自心」,六十本作「如是知,如是解,如是入」而不出「心」字,其歸心之語在下段「善男子!當知菩薩皆由己心得諸佛法」〔T09n0278 0695a07〕。誌錄不判。

句九 謙己推勝與指示後友

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279善男子!我唯於此如來無礙莊嚴解脫門而得入出T10n0279 0340a13
佛馱 T278善男子!我唯修此如來無礙法門,云何能說菩薩諸行T09n0278 0695a16
實叉 T279善男子!從此南行,至閻浮提畔,有一國土,名:摩利伽羅;彼有比丘,名曰:海幢T10n0279 0340a21
佛馱 T278善男子!於此南方,有一國土,名曰莊嚴閻浮提頂;彼有比丘,名曰海幢T09n0278 0695a24

異文所繫:(甲)八十本國名音寫作「摩利伽羅」,六十本義譯作「莊嚴閻浮提頂」——澄觀已指此對應:「摩利伽羅,晉經譯為莊嚴」〔T35n1735 0928c11〕。(乙)比丘名「海幢」二本全同。(丙)辭退句八十本作「辭退而去」〔T10n0279 0340b01〕,六十本作「辭退南行」〔T09n0278 0695b03〕。誌錄不判。

四十本(T293)對位

四十華嚴 T293 唯存品三十九,本善友段見〔T10n0293 0685c08〕–〔0688b17〕。其文較八十本為廣,以下逐項對位;三譯只在各自實有之段落內對勘,八十本所無者不回填為底本直說。

對位一 入定之緣與定名

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279時,解脫長者以過去善根力、佛威神力、文殊師利童子憶念力故T10n0279 0339a23
般若 T293時,解脫長者以過去積集善根力故,如來現在威神力故,文殊師利童子憶念力故,十方一切諸善知識本行願力所加持故T10n0293 0686c05
實叉 T279即入菩薩三昧門,名:普攝一切佛剎無邊旋陀羅尼T10n0279 0339a24
般若 T293即入菩薩勝三昧門,其三昧名普攝無邊一切佛剎旋陀羅尼T10n0293 0686c07

異文所繫:(甲)入定之緣八十本三事(過去善根力·佛威神力·文殊憶念力),四十本四事,多「十方一切諸善知識本行願力所加持故」一緣——澄觀就底本判三緣而以宿善為因、餘二為緣〔T35n1735 0927c23〕,四十本之第四緣不入此判之內。(乙)定名之詞序異:八十本「無邊」繫於「佛剎」之下,四十本「無邊」繫於「普攝」之下。(丙)四十本定名之上別加一「勝」字,作「菩薩勝三昧門」。誌錄不判。

對位二 身與佛剎互相涉入

校本逐字出處
般若 T293亦於身內一切剎中普現其身,無不充遍;身與佛剎互相涉入不相障礙,種種色像而無往來,一一差別次第而住,不相雜亂T10n0293 0686c17

異文所繫:(甲)八十本此處作「種種形相、種種次第,如本而住,不相雜亂」,其上作「如是一切,於其身中悉皆顯現,無所障礙」〔八十本定中依正之相一分見 T10n0279 0339a25–0339b20〕——末四字「不相雜亂」二本全同,而「身與佛剎互相涉入」一句唯四十本有之。(乙)澄觀《演義鈔》釋無礙第三義時引新譯經之句「身與佛剎互相涉入,不相障礙」〔T36n1736 0670b17〕,所引之句逐字與四十本 T293 0686c18 相合。(丙)《鈔》即就此句結重重無盡之義:「故身身無窮剎剎無盡」〔T36n1736 0670b20〕。誌錄不判。

對位三 十方列名之次第

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279又見上方佛次第出現無盡世界,無邊智慧光圓滿幢如來、應、正等覺,道場眾會之所圍遶,法界門幢王菩薩而為上首T10n0279 0339c14
實叉 T279又見下方佛光明世界,無礙智幢如來、應、正等覺,道場眾會之所圍遶,一切世間剎幢王菩薩而為上首T10n0279 0339c17
般若 T293又見下方師子騰焰解脫光明世界,無礙法界幢具足智慧焰光如來、應、正等覺道場眾會之所圍遶,法界智焰光明遍照世界幢菩薩而為上首T10n0293 0687b19
般若 T293又見上方光明遍照次第出現無盡佛世界,名稱無邊無礙智慧圓滿光幢王如來、應、正等覺道場眾會之所圍遶,無礙精進力法界智幢王菩薩而為上首T10n0293 0687b22

異文所繫:(甲)前八方之次第八十本與四十本全同(東·南·西·北·東北·東南·西南·西北);末二方八十本作上方在前、下方在後,四十本作下方在前、上方在後——先下後上。(乙)名相多有增字:上方世界八十本「佛次第出現無盡」/四十本「光明遍照次第出現無盡佛」,上方佛名八十本「無邊智慧光圓滿幢」/四十本「名稱無邊無礙智慧圓滿光幢王」;下方世界八十本「佛光明」/四十本「師子騰焰解脫光明」,下方佛名八十本「無礙智幢」/四十本「無礙法界幢具足智慧焰光」〔四十本十方之名見 T10n0293 0687a26–0687b26〕。(丙)如來十號之譯語八十本與四十本同作「應、正等覺」,六十本作「應供、等正覺」(見句五)。誌錄不判。

對位四 過去未來二際之見

校本逐字出處
般若 T293善男子!我若欲見盡過去際一切劫中,所有諸佛及彼佛剎種種莊嚴道場眾會,神通變化,調伏眾生;盡未來際一切劫海,所有如來及諸菩薩莊嚴國土眾會道場,調伏眾生,神通變化;如是一切隨念皆見T10n0293 0687c10
般若 T293彼諸如來及彼諸劫,一切佛剎所有莊嚴,種種差別,不來至今,我心亦不入彼過、未;然其所見,皆如現在T10n0293 0687c15

異文所繫:(甲)四十本於『隨意見佛』之後別開一分,就過去未來二際立見佛;八十本之隨意廣見一分〔T10n0279 0339c21〕–〔0339c27〕訖,其下直接四喻〔0339c28〕,無此三世一分。(乙)四十本此分之結句「不來至今,我心亦不入彼過、未」〔T10n0293 0687c16〕,與其十方一分之結句「然彼一切世界如來不來至此,我身亦不往詣於彼」〔T10n0293 0687b29〕同一句法而所遮之邊不同:一遮時劫之出入,一遮方處之往來。八十本則唯有方處一邊之遮(「彼諸如來不來至此,我不往彼」〔T10n0279 0339c20〕)。誌錄不判。

對位五 四喻之合喻

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279知一切佛及與我心,悉皆如夢T10n0279 0339c28
般若 T293知一切佛及與我心皆如夢故,如夢所見,從分別生。見一切佛從自心起T10n0293 0687c21
實叉 T279知一切佛猶如影像,自心如水T10n0279 0339c29
般若 T293又知自心如器中水,悟解諸法如水中影T10n0293 0687c22
實叉 T279知一切佛所有色相及以自心,悉皆如幻T10n0279 0339c29
般若 T293又知自心猶如幻術,知一切法如幻所作T10n0293 0687c23
實叉 T279知一切佛及以己心,悉皆如響T10n0279 0340a01
般若 T293又知自心諸佛菩薩悉皆如響,譬如空谷隨聲發響,悟解自心,隨念見佛T10n0293 0687c24

異文所繫:(甲)八十本四喻唯標喻依(夢·影像·幻·響)而不出合喻;四十本四喻皆帶合喻——夢喻下出「從分別生」「從自心起」,影喻下出「器中水」「水中影」,幻喻下出「如幻所作」,響喻下出「空谷隨聲發響」「隨念見佛」。(乙)第二喻之配屬三本各異:八十本以佛為影像、以自心為水,四十本以自心為器中水、以諸法為水中影,六十本以佛為電光、以己心之所知為水中像(見句八)。(丙)澄觀《演義鈔》釋夢喻,舉彼經之別喻「如夢所見,從分別生。見一切佛,從自心起。」〔T36n1736 0670c11〕;釋響喻,舉新經之別喻「譬如空谷,隨聲發響。悟解自心,隨念見佛。」〔T36n1736 0672a01〕——所引二句逐字與四十本 T293 0687c21·0687c25 相合。誌錄不判。

對位六 心意識與阿賴耶一分

校本逐字出處
般若 T293善男子!諸業虛妄,積集名心,末那思量,意識分別,眼等五識,了境不同T10n0293 0688a03
般若 T293諸佛菩薩自證悟時,轉阿賴耶得本覺智T10n0293 0688a07
般若 T293一切凡愚迷佛方便,執有三乘,不了三界由心所起T10n0293 0688a09
般若 T293佛說諸法無生無滅,亦無三世T10n0293 0688a12
般若 T293愚癡凡夫妄起分別,無中執有,有中執無,取阿賴耶種種行相,墮於生滅二種見中,不了自心而起分別T10n0293 0688a15

異文所繫:(甲)四十本於『皆由自心』之結與十法修治之間別出一長分〔T10n0293 0688a03〕–〔0688a19〕,立心·末那·意識·眼等五識之名,並出「轉阿賴耶得本覺智」〔T10n0293 0688a08〕與「取阿賴耶種種行相」〔T10n0293 0688a16〕之語;八十本此處無心識分位之文,其通結由自心一分〔T10n0279 0340a03〕–〔0340a07〕之下即是「是故,善男子」十句〔0340a07〕。(乙)四十本此分別出三乘之執與無生無滅二段,亦八十本所無。(丙)本目唯錄二譯之文,不判了義未了義,亦不以四十本之心識語下灌八十本。誌錄不判。

對位七 十法修治自心

校本逐字出處
實叉 T279應以善法扶助自心,應以法水潤澤自心,應於境界淨治自心T10n0279 0340a08
般若 T293應以善法扶助自心,應以法雨潤澤自心,應以妙法治淨自心T10n0293 0688a20
實叉 T279應以佛十力照察自心T10n0279 0340a12
般若 T293應以十力、四無所畏明照自心T10n0293 0688a24

異文所繫:(甲)二本皆十句,八十本九句作『應以…自心』而第三句作〔0340a09〕「應於境界淨治自心」,四十本十句皆『應以』。逐句對盤,二本全同者三:第一『善法扶助』·第四『精進堅固』·第七『智慧明利』;餘七句皆異——第二八十本『法水潤澤』/四十本『法雨潤澤』,第三八十本『於境界淨治』/四十本『以妙法治淨』,第五八十本『忍辱坦蕩』/四十本『忍辱卑下』,第六八十本『智證潔白』/四十本『禪定清淨』,第八八十本『佛自在開發』/四十本『佛德發起』,第九八十本『佛平等廣大』/四十本『平等廣博』,第十八十本『佛十力照察』/四十本『十力、四無所畏明照』〔八十本見 T10n0279 0340a08–0340a12·四十本見 T10n0293 0688a20–0688a25〕。(乙)第十句四十本於十力之外別加四無所畏。誌錄不判。


五、宗義之經據〔眼〕

(一) 定名「無礙」之五義。澄觀不以「無礙」為泛讚,逐義開之:

「名如來無礙莊嚴者,總有五義:一一切如來各具一切無礙莊嚴、二一一如來互遍無礙、三一切如來莊嚴悉入長者之身、四長者徹見十方佛海、五長者智持不以為礙。」〔T35n1735 0928a04〕

第五義「智持」為澄觀所獨立,其故在使定中之「攝」與出定之「持」不相違:

「故無礙言兼得旋持,不違上文經家所序。」〔T35n1735 0928a08〕

《鈔》復申第三義之重重無盡:「以身不大而剎不小,亦無來去,互遍無礙」〔T36n1736 0670b14〕,並引新譯經句「身與佛剎互相涉入,不相障礙」〔T36n1736 0670b17〕,結曰「故身身無窮剎剎無盡」〔0670b20〕。

(二) 唯心念佛之立。本段所以次於前定而說,澄觀直指其要:

〔T35n1735 0928a10〕「四「善男子我見如是」〔0928a10〕下彰定體相,即無來去,唯心觀故。所以次前顯此定者,唯心之觀亦其要故,亦顯此位知眾生界無量無邊皆心現故。」

其教學之關節在一句反問:

「初中,既了境唯心、了心即佛,故隨所念無非佛矣。何難見哉?」〔T35n1735 0928a18〕

而所以無來去,繫於「相虛」:「了彼相虛,唯心現故」〔T35n1735 0928a22〕。《鈔》復引本經前文為據——「若人欲了知,三世一切佛,應觀法界性,一切唯心造」〔T36n1736 0670b29〕與「如心佛亦爾,如佛眾生然。應知佛與心,體性皆無盡」〔T36n1736 0670c02〕,並結曰「既境即是心,心即是佛,則無境非佛」〔0670c03〕。

(三) 澄觀所引之念佛經證。四喻之釋,澄觀引《般舟三昧經》二段——「如夢見七寶,親屬歡樂。覺已追念,不知在何處。如是念佛」〔T35n1735 0928a25〕與「如舍衛國有女名曰須門。聞之心喜,夜夢從事。覺已念之,彼不來、我不往,而樂事宛然」〔0928a27〕;結成唯心則引《無量壽觀經》「是心是佛,是心作佛,諸佛正遍知海從心想生」〔T35n1735 0928b11〕,並引《般舟三昧經》之結與拂——「自念佛從何所來,我亦無所至」〔0928b13〕與「心不自知心,心不自見心。心有想為癡,無想即泥洹」〔0928b15〕。

(四) 心該萬法。唯心不止於念佛一觀,澄觀判經文「善男子!當知菩薩修諸佛法」以下為第三重:

「第三心該萬法。謂非但一念佛觀由於自心,菩薩萬行、佛果體用亦不離心。」〔T35n1735 0928b18〕

其所引偈曰「諸佛從心得解脫,心者無漏名清淨」〔T35n1735 0928b20〕。

(五) 遣『任心是佛』之失——本段最要之遮。經文「是故,善男子」以下十句修治自心,澄觀判為「結勸修學」,而直指其所遣:

「第四結勸修學中,既萬法不離自心,但修自心,萬法行備。亦遣愚人妄解之失。謂有計云:萬法皆心,任之是佛。驅馳萬法,豈不唐勞?故今廣明,心雖即佛,久翳塵勞,故以萬行增修令其瑩徹。又但說萬行由心,不說不修為是。又萬法即心,修何礙心?」〔T35n1735 0928b22〕

法藏同判此意而語更就修證言:「以諸佛境界遍滿一切,但以心垢對之不見」〔T35n1733 0460a20〕,「若修治自心,令離障得定,諸佛境界當處便現故云也」〔0460a21〕。

(六) 發心為受法之器。法藏於本段請問處立一通則,通貫五十三參:

「諸文皆先述己力發菩提心,然後請法。以此文驗,即知欲受大法,要須發菩提心;若不發此心,非此法器。是故諸文皆先定發心。或善友重問,然後為說,此為佛法之大轍,應思記之。」〔T35n1733 0459c03〕

(七) 仰推有二類。謙己推勝一段,法藏辨其體例:

「然諸文仰推有二類:一即於自己法門之內更有深細,非己能知,即如此文及前位等;二推異類法門非己能知,如前第三住中推菩薩戒等。」〔T35n1733 0460a29〕

本段屬前一類——所推之勝,仍在同一法門之內。


六、諸家異釋(古德·標宗)

澄觀《華嚴經疏》T35n1735 ·《演義鈔》T36n1736(八十華嚴逐文·主)

入定三緣之表法:「初彰入定因緣,宿善為因表自修故;後二為緣。主佛威力,表本覺故。文殊念力,顯信智故。」〔T35n1735 0927c23〕

定名之釋:〔T35n1735 0927c26〕「二「即入」〔0927c26〕下舉定名體,謂普攝諸剎在於身中。由唯心之智稱性總持,令如體用旋轉無礙,故以為名。」

十二年之表法:「十二年者,昔云自分勝進,各修六度故,亦顯遍觀十二住故。亦表不住十二緣故,故云遊行;若不住緣則得解脫,故下云得見。」〔T35n1735 0927c08〕

謙己與指示:〔T35n1735 0928c07〕「第四「善男子我唯」〔0928c07〕下謙己推勝。不住涅槃際,生下當知。餘文相顯。」·「閻浮提畔者,此洲南際,表將隣不退故。亦云所得般若,六度後邊故。」〔0928c09〕·「比丘海幢者,業用深廣而高出故。正心不動如海,最高勝故。」〔0928c11〕

《鈔》辨二譯四喻之通別:「此之四喻,唯影別喻,餘三皆通。若準新譯,夢響二喻具通與別,影幻二喻唯別無通。」〔T36n1736 0670c08〕

《鈔》夢喻之三釋(就能行人·就佛境·雙約感應):「又約義別說,心性如境、觀如緣想、觀成如夢,此唯就於能行人合。又法身如境、報身如想、應身如夢,此唯約佛境合。又彼佛如境、行人如想、見佛如夢所見,雙約感應。」〔T36n1736 0671a21〕·「此之三釋,釋經通喻一切諸佛及以我心皆如夢故。」〔0671a24〕

《鈔》水喻之清濁動靜:《疏》「心之定散,準喻思擇」一語,《鈔》以水之四類釋之——「然水有四類,謂一清、二濁、三動、四靜。」〔T36n1736 0671c03〕·「四事交絡,成多句數」〔0671c07〕,四句交絡而成:一水濁而動喻有惑無信又多亂想、二濁而不動喻有惑無信并無攀緣、三清淨而動喻無惑有信而多覺觀、「四清而且靜,喻無惑有信而定」〔0671c14〕。四人之見佛亦隨之而異,末歸第四:「第四人見,則色相端嚴凝停不亂,唯見唯靜逾觀逾明。今同第四而念見也。」〔T36n1736 0671c18〕

《鈔》四喻之四觀與增勝:「一正喻唯心、二唯心故空、三唯心故假、四唯心故中。融而無礙即《華嚴》意。」〔T36n1736 0672a12〕四喻所以不一,《鈔》歸於增勝之別:「二從增勝說,四義不同,謂夢喻不來不去、影喻不出不入、幻喻非有非無、響喻非合非散。」〔0672a15〕又別配三身與見聞:「又前三喻喻見佛身,後一兼喻聞法。」〔0672a19〕·「夢喻法身,但有想見竟無見故;影喻報身,相明淨故;幻喻化身,隨意成故。」〔0672a20〕

《鈔》攝境歸心之後再拂能所:〔T36n1736 0672b18〕「故疏結云「上方攝境歸心,下又拂」〔0672b18〕者,先拂上心自見心,夫心為能見、佛為所見。」·「刀不自割、指不自觸,云何自心還見自心?能所不分,見相斯絕。」〔0672b20〕

《鈔》記《般舟》之別譯:「然《般舟》別譯,隋朝沙門闍那崛多,即《大集.賢護》有文五卷,初品名思惟、第二品名三昧行。此中義在初品,餘可知。」〔T36n1736 0672b23〕

法藏《探玄記》T35n1733(六十華嚴疏)

釋城名與人名(三義並舉):「住林者,行德建立名林,安固不動稱住。又此長者栖薄大林長道之所,因以為名。又住三昧身內,廣現佛境依正因果如林。」〔T35n1733 0459b18〕·「長者名解脫者,有財有德名為長者。身內容現無邊佛境,定用自在名為解脫。」〔0459b21〕

十二年:「二身遊中,十二年者,古人云:自分勝進各修六度,故以表之。」〔T35n1733 0459b27〕

定名之釋(就智立名):「攝剎從境為目,旋持從智為名。攝彼剎隨己智轉,含攝總持故為號。」〔T35n1733 0459c19〕·「文殊憶念力者,善財善友不捨之力。」〔0459c18〕

無礙四義:「初中,無礙有四義:一者一一如來各具一切無礙莊嚴、二者一一如來互遍無礙、三者一切如來莊嚴悉皆入此長者身內、四者徹見十方佛海。此文具四,故云無礙。」〔T35n1733 0459c27〕

夢喻之約體釋:「以能見所見俱在夢中各無自體,何所來至?以夢無處所故。此約體釋。」〔T35n1733 0460a08〕

李通玄《新華嚴經論》T36n1739(表法異軌)

「以解脫長者是世間俗士,表處俗行真名為解脫。」〔T36n1739 0960a12〕

「此解脫長者,於十二緣生法中,處於生死,不壞緣生、不著緣生,故云遊行十二年,是不住義故,是生死涅槃無二義故,」〔T36n1739 0960a14〕

「一切心境莫不自是法界無礙解脫禪定林故,是故城名住林。」〔T36n1739 0960a20〕

「推求者,觀察勝進也。」〔T36n1739 0960a22〕·「得見解脫長者者,明以真會俗,真俗自體本性解脫也。見已五體投地,真俗無依,五位同會也。」〔0960a23〕·「合掌者,真俗會而不二也。」〔0960a25〕

「明定體遍周圓滿故,以十為圓數也。」〔T36n1739 0960a28〕·「是三昧所現自位佛果及行故。」〔0960b01〕·「以自心應真是佛故,所念皆是佛境界,更無餘也。」〔0960b02〕

「此是第五具足方便住,以禪波羅蜜為體,餘九為伴。」〔T36n1739 0960b04〕·「偏治真俗靜亂二障,會五蘊十二緣為法界性自禪用。」〔0960b06〕

卷三十五續開四門(自「如諸菩薩摩訶薩」至「辭退而去」):〔T36n1739 0960b16〕「「如諸菩薩摩訶薩」〔0960b16〕已下至「辭退而去」〔0960b16〕有十六行經,約分為四門:一明推德於前、二示善知識方所及國土、三舉善知識名號、四善財敬戀善友流淚辭去。」

「第一推德於前者,明解脫長者推德於前位善知識有十種殊勝,勸令善財進求加行。」〔T36n1739 0960b20〕

「至閻浮提畔者,明此位正心住,是得出世間及處世間智慧神通之極畔故,故云閻浮提畔。」〔T36n1739 0960b22〕

「有一國土名摩利伽羅者,此梵本未譯。」〔T36n1739 0960b27〕·「有比丘名海幢者,明約以德智慧如海,能破眾生業惑處,名之為幢。幢者,摧壞義故。」〔0960b28〕

智儼《搜玄記》T35n1732

智儼於本友有三分之科(勸教趣入·依教進入·辨正證法界)〔T35n1732 0092b14–b16〕,逐分如下:

智儼於本善友立三分之科,其名與澄觀、法藏皆不同:

「第五方便具足住菩薩,長者名解脫,入如來一切無礙莊嚴法門。」〔T35n1732 0092b13〕

〔T35n1732 0092b14〕「有三:初勸教趣入、二「時善財」〔0092b15〕下依教進入、三「時解脫長者」〔0092b15〕下辨正證法界。」

三分逐分再開。初分三:〔T35n1732 0092b16〕「初有三:初示處、二示名、三勸教問。」次分八:〔T35n1732 0092b17〕「二進入中有八:初信德而辭往、二念前法門、三「如是念」〔0092b18〕下進向方便、四「周遍」〔0092b19〕下依教簡擇、五見相、六敬、七念也、八「白言」〔0092b20〕下請問。」請問之中又三:〔T35n1732 0092b20〕「問中有三:初明己所欲、二「白言我聞大聖」〔0092b20〕下歎德、三「唯願以」〔0092b21〕下正請。」

所欲一分之句數,智儼之計與澄觀異:

〔T35n1732 0092b21〕「初文有三:初十五句,求果法;次「欲與一切」〔0092b22〕下十四,求因法;三「欲滿」〔0092b23〕下自分所修行法。」

澄觀就底本判此三分曰〔T35n1735 0927c14〕「於中三:初欲上窮佛境;二「為欲聞一切」〔0927c15〕下欲罄盡法源;三「為欲與一切」〔0927c16〕下欲齊菩薩行,亦僧寶境。」——智儼以求果法·求因法·自分所修行法三名立,澄觀以佛境·法源·菩薩行三名立;智儼之「十五句」「十四」繫於其所釋之本,與底本三科之句數(十三·五·十三)不同科。誌錄不判。

正證一分:〔T35n1732 0092b23〕「三正證中有二:初說自所得法、二「何能」〔0092b24〕下仰推。」得法一分又三:〔T35n1732 0092b24〕「初文有三:初明得法門、二「得此法門」〔0092b25〕下辨法門所現事、三「我唯」〔0092b26〕下結解分齊。」入定一分又三:〔T35n1732 0092b26〕「初文有三:初辨入定及因緣、二「入已」〔0092b27〕已下明定功德、三「從起」〔0092b27〕下辨法門名字。」

所現事之二相,智儼立自他相對與心境相對二門:

〔T35n1732 0092b28〕「二法門所現事中有二:初約自他相對、二「知一切佛及與」〔0092b29〕下心境相對。」

「前文有二:初略、次廣,各有三可知。」〔T35n1732 0092b29〕

〔T35n1732 0092c01〕「二心境內有二:初約真、次「善男子當知」〔0092c02〕下約俗,亦各有二:初立、次勸,可知也。」

末結仰推:「仰推中,初總、次別可知。」〔T35n1732 0092c03〕

此科與澄觀之科可對讀而不可相代:澄觀於『知一切佛及與』以下判為四喻之通別,智儼則以『心境相對』一門總之,而以『善男子當知』為真俗之界。此二科皆古德成說,誌錄不判。

誌錄不判

法門名「無礙」之義數,澄觀立五義而法藏立四義——法藏無澄觀之第五「長者智持不以為礙」一義,澄觀且以此第五義接回定名之「旋持」二字。四喻之通別,澄觀《鈔》就八十本判「唯影別喻,餘三皆通」,就四十本(新譯)則判「夢響二喻具通與別,影幻二喻唯別無通」,二本所判互異。第二喻之喻依,澄觀依八十本作水月而法藏依六十本作電光,故二家於此喻所開之義門亦異(澄觀開定散之思擇,法藏開佛大用之四種義)。十二年之表法,澄觀舉三義(自分勝進各修六度·遍觀十二住·不住十二緣),法藏唯舉古人之六度一義,李通玄則專就十二緣生立說並以之對海雲比丘之十二年作反照。此位之體,李通玄判以禪波羅蜜為體而餘九為伴,澄觀與法藏皆不就波羅蜜配體。此諸異釋皆古德成說,誌錄之,不判高下。


七、互讀·承衍

本節之文,承衍繫鏈皆自古德已行之互讀直回:

  • 智儼《華嚴經孔目章》T45n1870:五十三善友名列中,本善友當第六位——「初文殊師利二名功德雲比丘」〔T45n1870 0589a01〕以下,至「六名解脫長者七名海幢比丘」〔0589a04〕。此列可證解脫長者於參次中之定位與下一友海幢比丘之相次,與底本「彼有比丘,名曰:海幢」〔T10n0279 0340a22〕相合。
  • 本經內互讀:澄觀《鈔》釋本段唯心之義,引本經前文二偈為據——「若人欲了知,三世一切佛,應觀法界性,一切唯心造」〔T36n1736 0670b29〕與「如心佛亦爾,如佛眾生然。應知佛與心,體性皆無盡」〔T36n1736 0670c02〕。是本段之唯心非本段孤起,是本經前文之義於此位得一具體之行相。
  • 前後參之相照:李通玄以本善友之十二年反照第二友海雲比丘之十二年——「如前第二海門國海雲比丘住海門國十有二年」〔T36n1739 0960a07〕,並判二者之別在出世與處俗:「為明十二緣生法中行於世間,然以十二緣生以為禪體。」〔T36n1739 0960a10〕
  • 十地經論 T26n1522:檢「解脫長者」0 命中〔查無〕。該論唯釋品二十六,非本品之注,非缺陷。
  • 華嚴宗論:《華嚴經旨歸》T45n1871 ·《華嚴一乘教義分齊章》T45n1866 ·《華嚴一乘十玄門》T45n1868 ·《法界玄鏡》T45n1883 四典檢「解脫長者」皆 0 命中〔查無〕。
  • 華嚴宗承衍之所在:本節之華嚴宗承衍面唯在澄觀之五義與重重無盡一段〔T36n1736 0670b14〕,及法藏繫幻喻於「緣起相由門」一句〔T35n1733 0460a16〕。
  • 唯識軸:成唯識論 T31n1585 · 攝大乘論 T31n1594 · 瑜伽師地論 T30n1579 檢「解脫長者」「具足方便住」皆 0 命中〔查無〕。本善友段非唯識橋段,不另掘三論。

八、校本定位

  • 實叉 T279(底本):解脫長者章〔T10n0279 0338b18〕起 –〔0340b02 前〕訖。依教趣求·思修前法十一句 0338b18–b25 · 顯修之益 0338b25–c11 · 趣求後友 0338c11–c12 · 見敬 0338c12–c13 · 讚善知識難逢 0338c13–c18 · 發心相(上窮佛境) 0338c18–c25 · 發心相(罄盡法源) 0338c25–c27 · 發心相(齊菩薩行) 0338c27–0339a09 · 結前生後 0339a09–a12 · 讚能誘誨 0339a12–a21 · 請說所疑 0339a21–a23 · 入定因緣 0339a23–a24 · 舉定名體 0339a24–a25 · 定中依正之相 0339a25–b20 · 彰其得益 0339b20–b22 · 起定 0339b22–b23 · 舉法門體 0339b23–b24 · 十方十佛 0339b24–c19(東 0339b24 · 南 0339b27 · 西 0339b29 · 北 0339c02 · 東北 0339c04 · 東南 0339c07 · 西南 0339c09 · 西北 0339c11 · 上 0339c14 · 下 0339c17)· 躡前總標 0339c19–c21 · 隨意廣見 0339c21–c27 · 四喻 0339c28–a02 · 通結由自心 0340a03–a07 · 十法修治 0340a07–a13 · 謙己推勝 0340a13–a21 · 指示後友 0340a21–a23 · 戀德禮辭 0340a23–b01。偈行零。

  • 佛馱 T278(晉譯主對校):本善友段〔T09n0278 0693c10〕起 –〔0695b04〕訖(卷四十六末)。正念前法 0693c10 · 趣求 0694a02 · 見已作念 0694a03 · 白言發心 0694a07 · 歎德勸說 0694a27 · 結請 0694b06 · 入定因緣 0694b09 起 · 入已 0694b11 · 定中之相 0694b12–c03 · 出定告示 0694c03 · 法門體 0694c04 · 十方十佛 0694c05–c24 · 不來不去 0694c24 · 隨意見佛 0694c26–0695a02 · 四喻 0695a02–a06 · 由己心 0695a07 · 修心十句 0695a11 · 謙己 0695a16 · 指示後友 0695a24 · 禮辭 0695a26–b04。

  • 般若 T293(四十華嚴·末會對校):本善友段〔T10n0293 0685c08〕起 –〔0688b17〕訖(卷六)。思修前法(「一心專念」十二句)0685c08–c17 · 顯修之益 0685c17–0686a05 · 趣求後友 0686a05–a07 · 見敬 0686a07–a08 · 讚善知識難逢 0686a08–a13 · 發心相 0686a13–b16 · 結前生後 0686b16–b20 · 讚能誘誨 0686b20–c02 · 請說所疑 0686c02–c05 · 入定因緣(四緣)0686c05–c07 · 舉定名體 0686c07–c09 · 定中依正之相 0686c09–0687a21 · 彰其得益 0687a21–a23 · 起定 0687a23–a25 · 舉法門體 0687a25–a26 · 十方十佛 0687a26–b26(東 0687a26 · 南 0687a29 · 西 0687b03 · 北 0687b05 · 東北 0687b07 · 東南 0687b10 · 西南 0687b13 · 西北 0687b16 · 下 0687b19 · 上 0687b22)· 躡前總標 0687b26–c02 · 隨意廣見 0687c02–c10 · 過未廣見 0687c10–c17 · 三世無來去 0687c17–c21 · 四喻 0687c21–c26 · 通結由自心 0687c26–c27 · 心該萬法 0687c27–0688a03 · 心識一分 0688a03–a19 · 十法修治 0688a19–a25 · 謙己推勝 0688a25–b06 · 指示後友 0688b06–b09 · 戀德禮辭 0688b09–b17。

  • 澄觀《疏》T35n1735:本善友正釋 0927c05 起 · 六分科 0927c05 · 依教趣求 0927c06–c12 · 見敬諮問 0927c12–c21 · 正示法界 0927c21 · 入定三緣 0927c22–c26 · 定名體 0927c26–c29 · 定業用 0927c29–0928a03 · 出定四科 0928a02–a10 · 無礙五義 0928a04–a09 · 彰定體相 0928a10–a18 · 四喻釋 0928a19–b18 · 心該萬法 0928b18–b22 · 結勸修學 0928b22–c07 · 十句釋 0928b28–c07 · 謙己推勝 0928c07–c08 · 指示後友 0928c08–c12 · 訖 0928c12。

  • 澄觀《鈔》T36n1736:對釋本段 0670a25–0672b26(訖「餘可知」)。具足方便住之經據 0670a26–b03 · 位名釋 0670b04 · 結前生後釋 0670b05 · 無礙五義逐釋 0670b08–b25 · 旋持釋 0670b25–b28 · 唯心經證 0670b28–c05 · 相無來往釋 0670c05–c08 · 四喻通別 0670c08–c15。

  • 法藏《探玄記》T35n1733:第五方便具足住 0459b17 起 – 0460b04 訖。釋城名人名 0459b18–b23 · 依教趣入 0459b23–b29 · 正敬請 0459b29–c16 · 示法界 0459c16 · 入定 0459c18–c25 · 出定告示 0459c25 · 無礙四義 0459c27–0460a02 · 業用四科 0460a02–a19 · 通結 0460a19–a22 · 勸修十句 0460a22–a27 · 仰推 0460a28–b04。

  • 李通玄《論》T36n1739:十門科 0959c24–0960a05 · 逐門釋 0960a05–b09(十二年 0960a06–a17 · 城名 0960a19–a22 · 推求見敬 0960a22–a26 · 入定十方 0960a27–b01 · 隨念見佛 0960b02–b04 · 位體 0960b04–b09)· 卷三十五續開四門 0960b16–0960c01。

  • 智儼《搜玄記》T35n1732:第五方便具足住菩薩 0092b13 起 · 三分 0092b14–b16 · 自他/心境相對 0092b28–b29 · 約真約俗 0092c02–c03 · 仰推 0092c03。

  • 異讀:本單元 T279 範圍〔0338b18〕–〔0340b01〕內大正校記 4 條,逐條照錄不判(底本【大】|他本異讀;多本異讀以/分列):〔0338b23〕住【大】|任【元】【明】 · 〔0339a15〕澣【大】|浣【宋】【元】【明】【宮】 · 〔0339a15〕涼【大】|淨【宋】【元】【明】 · 〔0340a22〕彼【大】|復【宮】。

  • 異讀補記:CBETA 回改 2 條(不入上列大正校記之數):〔0338b26〕冑【CB】【麗-CB】【磧-CB】|胃【大】 · 〔0339a01〕生【CB】【麗-CB】【磧-CB】|世【大】。

  • 查無條目:十地經論 T26n1522 ·《華嚴經旨歸》T45n1871 ·《華嚴一乘教義分齊章》T45n1866 ·《華嚴一乘十玄門》T45n1868 ·《法界玄鏡》T45n1883 · 成唯識論 T31n1585 · 攝大乘論 T31n1594 · 瑜伽師地論 T30n1579——共八部,皆 0 命中。

The sūtra text of this section is the fifth good friend of the fifty-three visits. The Dharma by which the Elder Liberation answers the question does not come forth from his mouth but from his body—he first enters samādhi and, within his own body, manifests Buddhas as many as the dust motes of ten Buddha-fields in each of the ten directions, causing Sudhana to see and hear them himself; only after coming out of the samādhi does he say the name of the dharma gate, 「如來無礙莊嚴解脫門」 tr. “the gate of liberation of the Tathāgatas' unobstructed adornment.” The bone of the whole stretch lies in two sentences: 「彼諸如來不來至此,我不往彼」 tr. “those Tathāgatas did not come here, and I did not go there” and 「所見諸佛,皆由自心」 tr. “the Buddhas that are seen are all by one's own mind.” Chengguan judges the 「無礙」 tr. “unobstructed” of this name of the concentration to have five senses, and Fazang judges it to have four (Fazang has not the fifth, that of 「智持」 tr. “the wisdom that holds”); of the four similes (dream · reflected image · illusion · echo) Chengguan judges 「文有四對,意含通別」 tr. “the text has four pairs, and the sense contains the general and the particular,” and his Yanyi chao further distinguishes how the general and the particular of the similes differ between the eighty-fascicle text and the forty-fascicle text. The sixty-fascicle text has for the second simile 「電光」 tr. “lightning” and 「水中像」 tr. “an image in water,” while the eighty-fascicle text has 「影像」 tr. “a reflected image” and 「自心如水」 tr. “one's own mind is like water”; and the names of the Buddhas seen at will differ in number between the two texts as well. Recorded without judgment. The sūtra text of this section has zero lines of verse and no repeating verses.


I. Doctrinal Outline and Placement

Outline systemThe place of this section within it
The base text T279, in thirty-nine chaptersChapter thirty-nine, Entering the Dharma Realm (the ninth assembly, the Jeta Grove) · the fifth good friend of the marks of cultivation assigned to the stages in the final assembly · the Elder Liberation 〔T10n0279 0338b18〕–〔before 0340b02〕
Chengguan, Huayan jing shuThe direct gloss on this good friend begins at 〔T35n1735 0927c05〕 · ending before the sixth chapter, on Ocean Banner 〔0928c13〕
Chengguan, Yanyi chaoThe rehearsing and glossing of this stretch 〔T36n1736 0670a25〕–〔0672b26〕 (ending at 「餘可知」 tr. “the rest may be known”)
Fazang, Tanxuan ji (the commentary on the sixty-fascicle Avataṃsaka)The fifth, the abode of skillful means fully endowed, begins at 〔T35n1733 0459b17〕–ending at 〔0460b04〕
Li Tongxuan, Xin Huayan jing lunThe ten-gate outline begins at 〔T36n1739 0959c24〕 · ending at the close of fascicle thirty-four 〔0960b09〕 · fascicle thirty-five opens four further gates 〔0960b16〕
Zhiyan, Souxuan jiThe outline of the bodhisattva of the fifth abode, that of skillful means fully endowed 〔T35n1732 0092b13–0092c03〕 (the direct gloss is seen in section six)

Chengguan's six-part outline—the bone of the whole sūtra text of this section:

「第五解脫長者,寄具足方便住,分六」 tr. “The fifth, the Elder Liberation, assigned to the abode of fully endowed skillful means, is divided into six” 〔T35n1735 0927c05〕

The six are: first, seeking in accord with the teaching 〔0927c06〕 · second, from 「既得見已」 tr. “having seen him” onward, seeing, paying respect, and inquiring 〔0927c12〕 · third, from 「時解脫」 tr. “at that time Liberation” onward, directly showing the Dharma realm 〔0927c21〕 · fourth, from 「善男子我唯」 tr. “son of good family, I have only” onward, humbling oneself and deferring to the superior 〔0928c07〕 · fifth, from 「從此」 tr. “from here” onward, pointing to the next friend 〔0928c08〕. 〔Note: the commentary marks 「分六」 tr. “divided into six,” yet the headings brought out below are five; the last stretch, 「戀德禮辭」 tr. “cherishing his virtue, bowing, and taking leave,” the commentary does not mark separately.〕

The two divisions of directly showing the Dharma realm—the most essential structure of this stretch lies in the two layers of 「入定默示」 tr. “the silent showing by entering concentration” and 「出定言答」 tr. “the answering in words after coming out of concentration”:

〔T35n1735 0927c21〕「第三「時解脫」〔0927c21〕下正示法界,分二:初入定默示、後出定言答。」 tr. “Third, from ‘at that time Liberation’ onward is directly showing the Dharma realm, divided into two: first the silent showing by entering concentration, and after that the answering in words after coming out of concentration.”

「所以此中入定示者,亦顯此位定增上故。」 tr. “The reason the showing here is by entering concentration is that it also displays that in this stage concentration is predominant.” 〔T35n1735 0927c22〕

The layer of entering concentration has three parts again: 「初彰入定因緣,宿善為因表自修故」 tr. “first, the making clear of the cause and condition of entering the concentration; past goodness as the cause signifies self-cultivation” 〔T35n1735 0927c23〕 · second, from 「即入」 tr. “at once entered” onward, the raising of the name and substance of the concentration · third, from 「入此三昧」 tr. “having entered this samādhi” onward, the making clear of the working of the concentration. The layer of coming out of concentration then has four: 「一明起定」 tr. “one, the making clear of the rising from concentration” · second, the showing of the name and substance of the concentration · third, from 「善男子我入出」 tr. “son of good family, I enter and come out” onward, the making clear of the working of the concentration · fourth, from 「善男子我見如是」 tr. “son of good family, I see such as these” onward, the displaying of the substance and marks of the concentration.

Fazang's five-part outline (upon the sixty-fascicle text · the names differing from Chengguan's while the order answers to his):

「第五方便具足住中,五分同前。」 tr. “Within the fifth, the abode of skillful means fully endowed, the five parts are as before.” 〔T35n1733 0459b17〕

His one part of showing the Dharma realm opens into three: 「初入定默示、二出定告示、三結唯知此一。」 tr. “first, the silent showing by entering concentration; second, the telling and showing after coming out of concentration; third, the concluding that he knows only this one.” 〔T35n1733 0459c17〕 The telling and showing after coming out of concentration has three again: 「初舉法門體、二正辨業用、三勸修令入。」 tr. “first, the raising of the substance of the dharma gate; second, the direct distinguishing of its working; third, the exhorting to cultivation so as to make one enter.” 〔T35n1733 0459c26〕

Li Tongxuan's ten-gate outline: one, pondering and advancing · 「二漸次遊行十有二年至住林城」 tr. “two, journeying on little by little for twelve years and coming to the city of Abiding Grove” 〔T36n1739 0959c25〕 · three, searching for the Elder Liberation · four, having seen him, paying respect and directly setting out what he seeks · five, entering samādhi and manifesting within his body the Buddha-fields of the ten directions · six, rising from the concentration and telling in words the objective realm within the concentration · 「七明解脫長者隨心應念諸佛現前」 tr. “seven, making clear that for the Elder Liberation, in accord with his mind, the Buddhas answer his mindfulness and are present” 〔T36n1739 0960a01〕 · 「八心念無體見佛如影」 tr. “eight, the mindfulness of the mind having no substance, the Buddhas are seen as reflected images” 〔0960a02〕 · 「九心無表裏遍至十方而無去來」 tr. “nine, the mind having neither outside nor inside, it reaches everywhere to the ten directions and yet there is no going and coming” 〔0960a02〕 · ten, directly showing the name of the samādhi. Upon the last gate Tongxuan glosses for himself, saying 「正示三昧之名及出入自在分」 tr. “the part directly showing the name of the samādhi and the sovereignty in entering and coming out” 〔T36n1739 0960a04〕.


II. Terminology

ChineseSanskrit as transmitted by the ancient worthies (romanized · pronunciation aid)Attested atEssential sense
the Elder Liberation—in this chapter, 「周遍推求解脫長者」 tr. “he searched everywhere for the Elder Liberation” 〔T10n0279 0338c12〕The fifth good friend. Fazang glosses the name, 「長者名解脫者,有財有德名為長者」 tr. “as for the elder being named Liberation, having wealth and having virtue is what is called an elder” 〔T35n1733 0459b21〕, and further, 「身內容現無邊佛境,定用自在名為解脫」 tr. “within his body he contains and manifests boundless realms of the Buddhas, and the function of the concentration being sovereign is called liberation” 〔0459b22〕
the abode of fully endowed skillful means—Chengguan, 「第五解脫長者,寄具足方便住,分六」 tr. “the fifth, the Elder Liberation, assigned to the abode of fully endowed skillful means, is divided into six” 〔T35n1735 0927c05〕The fifth of the ten abodes. The Yanyi chao glosses this stage saying 「帶真隨俗,習無量善巧,化無住故」 tr. “because he carries the true while according with the common, practices measureless skillfulness, and transforms without abiding” 〔T36n1736 0670b04〕. The name of the stage comes from Chengguan's outline; the sūtra text does not mark it of itself
the city of Abiding Grove—in this chapter, 「至住林城」 tr. “he came to the city of Abiding Grove” 〔T10n0279 0338c12〕The city where the Elder Liberation dwells. Fazang, 「住林者,行德建立名林,安固不動稱住」 tr. “as for Abiding Grove, the establishing of the virtue of practice is named a grove, and being settled, firm, and unmoving is called abiding” 〔T35n1733 0459b18〕
Nārāyaṇa—(「那羅延」 tr. “Nārāyaṇa” is itself an ancient transmitted transcription)in this chapter, 「其心堅固,猶如金剛及那羅延,無能壞者」 tr. “his mind was firm as the vajra and as Nārāyaṇa, and there was nothing that could break it” 〔T10n0279 0338b27〕The name of a strong man · a likeness for what is firm and cannot be broken
anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi—(this is itself an ancient transmitted transcription)in this chapter, 「我已先發阿耨多羅三藐三菩提心」 tr. “I have already given rise, before this, to the mind of anuttarā-samyak-saṃbodhi” 〔T10n0279 0338c18〕Unsurpassed perfect awakening
the dhāraṇī of the boundless whirling that universally gathers in all the Buddha-fields—(「陀羅尼」 tr. “dhāraṇī” is itself an ancient transmitted transcription)in this chapter, 「即入菩薩三昧門,名:普攝一切佛剎無邊旋陀羅尼」 tr. “he at once entered a bodhisattva's gate of samādhi, named: the dhāraṇī of the boundless whirling that universally gathers in all the Buddha-fields” 〔T10n0279 0339a24〕The name of the concentration the Elder Liberation enters. Chengguan glosses, 「謂普攝諸剎在於身中」 tr. “that is, universally gathering in the fields within his body” 〔T35n1735 0927c27〕, and further, 「由唯心之智稱性總持,令如體用旋轉無礙,故以為名」 tr. “because a mind-only wisdom holds entire in accord with the nature, it makes substance and function whirl unobstructed, and so it is taken for the name” 〔0927c27〕
the gate of liberation of the Tathāgatas' unobstructed adornment—in this chapter, 「我已入出如來無礙莊嚴解脫門」 tr. “I have entered and come out of the Tathāgatas' gate of liberation of unobstructed adornment” 〔T10n0279 0339b23〕The name of the dharma gate this good friend has obtained. Chengguan judges, 「名如來無礙莊嚴者,總有五義」 tr. “as for the name, the Tathāgatas' unobstructed adornment, it has five senses in all” 〔T35n1735 0928a04〕
as many as the dust motes of ten Buddha-fields—in this chapter, 「顯現十方各十佛剎微塵數佛」 tr. “there appeared Buddhas as many as the dust motes of ten Buddha-fields in each of the ten directions” 〔T10n0279 0339a26〕The grinding of Buddha-fields into dust motes is a number that likens manyness. The sixty-fascicle text at this place has the reckoning 「十方各一萬佛剎微塵等如來」 tr. “Tathāgatas equal to the dust motes of ten thousand Buddha-fields in each of the ten directions” 〔T09n0278 0694c24〕; see section four
the Tuṣita palace—(「兜率」 tr. “Tuṣita” is itself an ancient transmitted transcription)in this chapter, 「或於一世界處兜率宮而作佛事」 tr. “or in a certain world dwelling in the Tuṣita palace and doing the work of a Buddha” 〔T10n0279 0339b05〕The first of the places of the 「八相」 tr. “eight marks” that Fazang judges upon the sixty-fascicle text (the eighty-fascicle sūtra text has not the two words 「八相」 tr. “eight marks”)
relics—(「舍利」 tr. “relics” is itself an ancient transmitted transcription)in this chapter, 「或分舍利,或起塔廟」 tr. “some dividing the relics, some raising stūpas and temples” 〔T10n0279 0339b10〕The bones of the body left behind after the Buddha's passing
the shore of Jambudvīpa—(「閻浮提」 tr. “Jambudvīpa” is itself an ancient transmitted transcription)in this chapter, 「從此南行,至閻浮提畔」 tr. “from here journey south, to the shore of Jambudvīpa” 〔T10n0279 0340a21〕Chengguan, 「閻浮提畔者,此洲南際,表將隣不退故」 tr. “as for the shore of Jambudvīpa, it is the southern edge of this continent, signifying that one is soon to border upon non-retrogression” 〔T35n1735 0928c09〕
Marigala—(this is itself an ancient transmitted transcription)in this chapter, 「有一國土,名:摩利伽羅」 tr. “there is a land named Marigala” 〔T10n0279 0340a21〕The land where the monk Ocean Banner dwells. Chengguan, 「摩利伽羅,晉經譯為莊嚴」 tr. “Marigala the Jin sūtra renders as Adornment” 〔T35n1735 0928c11〕

III. Similes and Rhetoric

(1) The four similes (dream · reflected image · illusion · echo)—the eye of this stretch. Four sentences of the sūtra text run on together: 「知一切佛及與我心,悉皆如夢」 tr. “I know that all the Buddhas and my own mind are wholly like a dream” 〔T10n0279 0339c28〕 · 「知一切佛猶如影像,自心如水」 tr. “I know that all the Buddhas are like a reflected image and that my own mind is like water” 〔0339c29〕 · 「知一切佛所有色相及以自心,悉皆如幻」 tr. “I know that all the color and mark the Buddhas have, and my own mind as well, are wholly like an illusion” 〔0339c29〕 · 「知一切佛及以己心,悉皆如響」 tr. “I know that all the Buddhas and my own mind are wholly like an echo” 〔0340a01〕.

  • That upon which the likening rests: the matter of a dream, an image in water, what an illusionist makes, an echo in a valley.
  • That which is likened: the Buddhas seen and the mind that sees—all four similes raise both the Buddha and the mind, and do not liken the Buddha only.
  • Chengguan judges their general and particular: 「文有四對,意含通別」 tr. “the text has four pairs, and the sense contains the general and the particular” 〔T35n1735 0928a23〕, 「謂通顯唯心喻無來往,別喻唯心兼明不出入等」 tr. “that is, the general displays mind-only and likens the absence of coming and going, while the particular likens mind-only and makes clear besides the absence of going out and coming in, and so on” 〔0928a23〕.
  • The dream simile: 「此喻唯心所作,即有而空,故無來去」 tr. “this likens what mind-only makes, being at once existent and empty, and therefore without coming or going” 〔T35n1735 0928a26〕.
  • The simile of the reflected image (the moon in water): 「若月滿秋空,隨水而現,澄潭皎淨則月影圓明,水濁波騰則光昏影散」 tr. “when the full moon is in the autumn sky it appears according with the water; if the clear pool is bright and pure then the moon's image is round and clear, and if the water is turbid and the waves surge then the light is dim and the image scatters” 〔T35n1735 0928b02〕, 「有水月現,曾何入來?無水影空,未曾出去」 tr. “where there is water the moon appears—when did it ever come in? Where there is no water the image is empty—it never went out” 〔0928b04〕, and at the end he attaches it to the contemplation of cultivation, saying 「雖水中見月,誰能執持?心之定散,準喻思擇」 tr. “though one sees the moon in the water, who can hold it fast? The settling and scattering of the mind are to be pondered and chosen according to the simile” 〔0928b05〕.
  • The illusion simile: 「如幻非實,則心佛兩亡。而不無幻相,則不壞心佛」 tr. “being like an illusion and not real, then mind and Buddha both vanish; and yet the illusory mark is not nothing, and so mind and Buddha are not destroyed” 〔T35n1735 0928b06〕, and therefore 「正喻空有無礙故,即無來去不妨普見,見即無見常契中道」 tr. “it precisely likens the unobstructedness of emptiness and existence, so that the absence of coming and going does not hinder universal seeing, and the seeing is a seeing that is no seeing, constantly according with the Middle Way” 〔0928b07〕.
  • The echo simile: 「以心為緣而佛響應」 tr. “with the mind as condition the Buddha answers as an echo” 〔T35n1735 0928b09〕, 「此但總喻緣成之義」 tr. “this is only a general likening of the sense of being formed by conditions” 〔0928b10〕.

Fazang, upon these four pairs, opens one sense apart. His second pair is not the moon in water but lightning: 「二對中如電等,約佛大用有四種義」 tr. “in the second pair, as with lightning and the rest, stated in terms of the great function of the Buddha there are four senses” 〔T35n1733 0460a09〕, concluding 「心水定澄能現彼像,水亦不去電亦不來,而像無不現故也」 tr. “when the water of the mind is settled and clear it can manifest that image; the water does not go and the lightning does not come, and yet there is no image that is not manifested” 〔T35n1733 0460a13〕—this because the sixty-fascicle text has for this simile 「電光」 tr. “lightning” to begin with (see section four). His illusion simile he attaches to one of the ten mysteries: 「以幻心無礙故,能現無礙之幻佛」 tr. “because the illusory mind is unobstructed, it can manifest an unobstructed illusory Buddha” 〔T35n1733 0460a15〕, 「此是緣起相由門中自在之義」 tr. “this is the sense of sovereignty within the gate of the mutual reliance of dependent arising” 〔0460a16〕.

(2) The laying out of the ten Buddhas of the ten directions—from 「我入出此解脫門時」 tr. “when I enter and come out of this gate of liberation” onward, the east · south · west · north · northeast · southeast · southwest · northwest · above · below, each raising one world, one Tathāgata, and one foremost bodhisattva, the sentence pattern wholly the same and the names wholly different, in ten rounds. It is gathered up at the end by 「善男子!我見如是等十方各十佛剎微塵數如來」 tr. “son of good family! I see Tathāgatas such as these, as many as the dust motes of ten Buddha-fields in each of the ten directions” 〔T10n0279 0339c19〕. This is a laying out of 「廣顯業用」 tr. “widely displaying the working,” not a loose speaking of the ten directions.

(3) The nine Buddhas seen at will—from 「我若欲見安樂世界阿彌陀如來,隨意即見」 tr. “if I wish to see the Tathāgata Amitābha of the world Peace and Bliss, then according with my intent I see him” 〔T10n0279 0339c21〕 onward, the Buddhas of the eight worlds Sandalwood · Wondrous Fragrance · Lotus Flower · Wondrous Gold · Wondrous Joy · Well Abiding · Mirror Light · Jewel Lion Adornment are raised in succession, making with the world Peace and Bliss nine Buddhas in all, and it closes with 「如是一切,悉皆即見」 tr. “all such as these I see at once, then and there.” The former ten rounds are what appeared within the concentration, and these nine rounds are what is seen according with the mind—the laying out is alike, and the order of the sense is not.

(4) The ten dharmas for governing one's own mind—from 「應以善法扶助自心」 tr. “one should aid one's own mind with good dharmas” 〔T10n0279 0340a08〕 onward there are ten sentences, nine of them of the sentence pattern 『one should, with such and such, do such and such to one's own mind』, while the third sentence reads 「應於境界淨治自心」 tr. “one should cleanse and govern one's own mind upon objective realms”; the last sentence is 「應以佛十力照察自心」 tr. “one should illumine and examine one's own mind with the ten powers of the Buddhas” 〔0340a12〕. Chengguan judges directly 「文有十句」 tr. “the text has ten sentences” 〔T35n1735 0928b28〕 and glosses them one by one, as of the first sentence 「如彼病人,非杖不起,煩惱病重,假善相資」 tr. “as with a sick man, who cannot rise without a staff: the sickness of the afflictions being heavy, one borrows goodness to support one” 〔0928b28〕, and of the eighth sentence 「六自在王,性同於佛,開塵發用知見分明」 tr. “the six sovereign kings are the same in nature as the Buddha; opening the dust and bringing out their function makes knowing and seeing distinct” 〔0928c04〕, concluding 「如是修心則圓前佛法」 tr. “to cultivate the mind in this way is to make full the Buddha-dharma spoken of before” 〔0928c06〕. Fazang likewise judges ten sentences, the names of the sentences each differing: 「一以善長心、二以法潤心、三於境鍊心」 tr. “one, lengthening the mind by goodness; two, moistening the mind by the Dharma; three, tempering the mind upon objective realms” 〔T35n1733 0460a24〕 and what follows.

(5) The rhetoric of the ten hard things—at the head of Sudhana's statement, ten of the word 「難」 tr. “hard” run on one after another: 「善知識者,難可得見,難可得聞,難可出現」 tr. “such a one as a good friend is hard to get sight of, hard to get hearing of, hard to appear in the world” 〔T10n0279 0338c15〕 and on to 「難得隨逐」 tr. “hard to obtain the following after without parting.” Chengguan glosses the sense of this stretch, saying 「而自慶者,希望多年故」 tr. “that he congratulates himself is because he has hoped for many years” 〔T35n1735 0927c13〕.

(6) The parallel setting out of the eleven matters of governing the mind—from 「令除迷倒障,拔猶豫箭,截疑惑網,照心稠林」 tr. “making them take away the obstruction of confusion and inversion, drawing out the arrow of hesitancy, cutting through the net of doubt, lighting up the dense forest of the mind” 〔T10n0279 0339a14〕 onward, with 「箭」 tr. “arrow,” 「網」 tr. “net,” 「稠林」 tr. “dense forest,” and 「垢濁」 tr. “filth and turbidity” as likenesses, it tells of the good friend's skill in drawing on and instructing.


IV. Collation with Parallel Translations

The Chinese collation editions for the principal sentences of the sūtra text of this section: Śikṣānanda, T279 (the base text · fascicle sixty-two) · Buddhabhadra, T278 (the Jin translation, the sixty-fascicle Avataṃsaka, Entering the Dharma Realm, chapter thirty-four, part three · fascicle forty-six). The forty-fascicle Avataṃsaka T293 preserves only chapter thirty-nine, and this stretch of it belongs to a separate line; this section takes the sixty-fascicle text as the principal collation.

Sentence One Going On to Seek the Next Friend

EditionVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda T279Little by little he journeyed on, and after twelve years he came to the city of Abiding Grove, and searched everywhere for the Elder LiberationT10n0279 0338c11
Buddhabhadra T278Little by little he journeyed on, and after passing twelve years he came to the land of Abiding Grove; he searched everywhere for the Elder LiberationT09n0278 0694a02

What the differences attach to: (a) 「住林城」 tr. “the city of Abiding Grove” / 「住林國」 tr. “the land of Abiding Grove”—a difference of city and land. (b) Both texts read twelve years, and so the ancient worthies' reading of what the twelve years signify is shared by both. (c) The stretch before it in the sixty-fascicle text begins from 「爾時,善財童子正念菩薩所言不虛法門」 tr. “at that time, the youth Sudhana rightly held in mind the bodhisattvas' dharma gate of words that are not empty” 〔T09n0278 0693c10〕, and in the eighty-fascicle text from 「爾時,善財童子思惟諸菩薩無礙解陀羅尼光明莊嚴門」 tr. “at that time, the youth Sudhana pondered the bodhisattvas' gate of adornment by the light of the dhāraṇī of unobstructed analytic understanding” 〔T10n0279 0338b18〕—the name of the former teaching held in mind differs in the two texts. Recorded without judgment.

Sentence Two The Manner of Seeing and Paying Respect

EditionVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda T279Having seen him, he cast the five parts of his body to the ground, rose and stood, joined his palms, and spoke, sayingT10n0279 0338c12
Buddhabhadra T278Having seen him, he bowed to his feet, stood to one side, and thought in this wayT09n0278 0694a03
Buddhabhadra T278I have obtained a good gain, for I have seen a good friendT09n0278 0694a04

What the differences attach to: in the eighty-fascicle text, having seen him he at once speaks, and the words praising how hard a good friend is to meet stand within the speaking; in the sixty-fascicle text, having seen him he first 「作如是念」 tr. “thinks in this way,” and the words praising how hard he is to meet stand within the thought of the mind, and only below it does he begin to 「白言」 tr. “speak.” The eighty-fascicle text has ten hard things, the sixty-fascicle text eight. Recorded without judgment.

Sentence Three The Words of the Inquiry

EditionVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda T279I only pray that the holy one will expound for me: how is a bodhisattva to study the practice of a bodhisattva and to cultivate the path of a bodhisattva? And in accord with what he cultivates, how may he swiftly obtain purity and swiftly obtain clear understandingT10n0279 0339a21
Buddhabhadra T278I only pray that the great holy one will distinguish for me how a bodhisattva is to turn toward the path of a bodhisattva and to cultivate the path of a bodhisattvaT09n0278 0694b06

What the differences attach to: (a) The form of address differs—the eighty-fascicle text 「聖者」 tr. “holy one,” the sixty-fascicle text 「大聖」 tr. “great holy one.” (b) The words of the question differ—the eighty-fascicle text reads 「學菩薩行、修菩薩道」 tr. “to study the practice of a bodhisattva and to cultivate the path of a bodhisattva,” and the sixty-fascicle text reads 「向菩薩道,修菩薩道」 tr. “to turn toward the path of a bodhisattva and to cultivate the path of a bodhisattva.” Recorded without judgment.

Sentence Four The Name of the Dharma Gate

EditionVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda T279Son of good family! I have entered and come out of the Tathāgatas' gate of liberation of unobstructed adornmentT10n0279 0339b23
Buddhabhadra T278Son of good family! I have accomplished the Tathāgatas' dharma gate of unobstructed adornmentT09n0278 0694c04

What the differences attach to: (a) The eighty-fascicle text reads 「入出」 tr. “entered and come out of” while the sixty-fascicle text reads 「成就」 tr. “accomplished”—the eighty-fascicle text's 「入出」 tr. “entering and coming out” answers head to tail with the last stretch, 「我唯於此如來無礙莊嚴解脫門而得入出」 tr. “I have obtained entering and coming out only upon this gate of liberation of the Tathāgatas' unobstructed adornment” 〔T10n0279 0340a13〕, while the last stretch of the sixty-fascicle text reads 「我唯修此如來無礙法門」 tr. “I have only cultivated this dharma gate of the Tathāgatas' unobstructedness” 〔T09n0278 0695a16〕. (b) The eighty-fascicle text names it 「解脫門」 tr. “gate of liberation,” the sixty-fascicle text 「法門」 tr. “dharma gate.” Recorded without judgment.

Sentence Five The Names of the Ten Buddhas of the Ten Directions

EditionVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda T279That is, I see in the east the world Jambū-River Gold Light, and the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One Dragon Sovereign King, surrounded by the assembly of the place of awakening, with the bodhisattva Vairocana Treasury as foremost among themT10n0279 0339b24
Buddhabhadra T278Having obtained this dharma gate, I beheld in the east the world Jambū-River Light, and the Tathāgata, the One Worthy of Offerings, the Perfectly Awakened One Constellation King, and the bodhisattva Bright and Pure Treasury and all the great assemblyT09n0278 0694c05
Śikṣānanda T279And I see in the south the world Swift Power, and the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One Universal Fragrance, surrounded by the assembly of the place of awakening, with the bodhisattva Mind King as foremost among themT10n0279 0339b27
Buddhabhadra T278And I beheld in the south the world Many Powers, and the Tathāgata, the One Worthy of Offerings, the Perfectly Awakened One Universal Fragrance, and the bodhisattva Mind King and all the great assemblyT09n0278 0694c07
Śikṣānanda T279And I see in the north the world Kāṣāya Banner, and the Tathāgata, the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One Unbreakable Vajra, surrounded by the assembly of the place of awakening, with the bodhisattva Vajra Stride Valiant as foremost among themT10n0279 0339c02
Buddhabhadra T278And I beheld in the north the world Holy Robe Banner, and the Tathāgata, the One Worthy of Offerings, the Perfectly Awakened One Sovereign Spiritual Power That None Can Break, and the bodhisattva Sovereign Force and all the great assemblyT09n0278 0694c10

What the differences attach to: (a) The order of the ten directions is wholly the same in the two texts (east · south · west · north · northeast · southeast · southwest · northwest · above · below). (b) The names of the worlds, the names of the Tathāgatas, and the names of the foremost bodhisattvas have many differences of rendering: for the eastern world the eighty-fascicle text reads 「閻浮檀金光明」 tr. “Jambū-River Gold Light” and the sixty-fascicle text 「閻浮檀光」 tr. “Jambū-River Light”; for the name of the Buddha the eighty-fascicle text reads 「龍自在王」 tr. “Dragon Sovereign King” and the sixty-fascicle text 「星宿王」 tr. “Constellation King”; for the bodhisattva the eighty-fascicle text reads 「毘盧遮那藏」 tr. “Vairocana Treasury” and the sixty-fascicle text 「明淨藏」 tr. “Bright and Pure Treasury”; for the northern world the eighty-fascicle text reads 「袈裟幢」 tr. “Kāṣāya Banner” and the sixty-fascicle text 「聖服幢」 tr. “Holy Robe Banner” (the kāṣāya being by sense a holy robe), and for the bodhisattva the eighty-fascicle text reads 「金剛步勇猛」 tr. “Vajra Stride Valiant” and the sixty-fascicle text 「自在勢」 tr. “Sovereign Force.” (c) Collating the thirty names one against another, seven are wholly the same in the two texts: the name of the Buddha of the south 「普香」 tr. “Universal Fragrance” · the foremost of the south 「心王」 tr. “Mind King” · the world of the west 「香光」 tr. “Fragrant Light” · the name of the Buddha of the west 「須彌燈王」 tr. “Sumeru Lamp King” · the foremost of the west 「無礙心」 tr. “Unobstructed Mind” · the name of the Buddha of the southwest 「法界輪幢」 tr. “Dharma-Realm Wheel Banner” · the foremost of the northwest 「法幢王」 tr. “Dharma Banner King” 〔for the sixty-fascicle text see T09n0278 0694c07–c19〕; the remaining twenty-three names are all rendered differently. (d) The rendering of the Tathāgata's titles differs—the eighty-fascicle text 「應、正等覺」 tr. “the Worthy One, the Perfectly Awakened One,” the sixty-fascicle text 「應供、等正覺」 tr. “the One Worthy of Offerings, the Perfectly Awakened One.” (e) The wording for the retinue differs—the eighty-fascicle text 『surrounded by the assembly of the place of awakening, with such and such a bodhisattva as foremost among them』, the sixty-fascicle text 『such and such a bodhisattva and all the great assembly』. Recorded without judgment.

Sentence Six The Number of Buddhas Seen, and the Not Coming and Not Going

EditionVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda T279Son of good family! I see Tathāgatas such as these, as many as the dust motes of ten Buddha-fields in each of the ten directions. Those Tathāgatas did not come here, and I did not go thereT10n0279 0339c19
Buddhabhadra T278Son of good family! I see Tathāgatas equal to the dust motes of ten thousand Buddha-fields in each of the ten directions; those Tathāgatas did not come here, and I did not go thereT09n0278 0694c24

What the differences attach to: for the number of Buddhas seen the eighty-fascicle text reads 「十佛剎微塵數」 tr. “as many as the dust motes of ten Buddha-fields” and the sixty-fascicle text 「一萬佛剎微塵等」 tr. “equal to the dust motes of ten thousand Buddha-fields”—the numbers differ. And the one sentence 「彼諸如來不來至此,我不往彼」 tr. “those Tathāgatas did not come here, and I did not go there” is word for word wholly the same in the two texts, and is the place in the sūtra text of this section where the two renderings agree most closely. Recorded without judgment.

Sentence Seven The Names of the Buddhas Seen at Will

EditionVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda T279If I wish to see the Tathāgata Amitābha of the world Peace and Bliss, then according with my intent I see himT10n0279 0339c21
Buddhabhadra T278Son of good family! If I wish to see the Buddha of Measureless Life of the world Peace and Bliss, then according with my intent I see himT09n0278 0694c26

What the differences attach to: (a) The eighty-fascicle text reads 「阿彌陀如來」 tr. “the Tathāgata Amitābha” (a transcription) and the sixty-fascicle text 「無量壽佛」 tr. “the Buddha of Measureless Life” (a rendering by sense)—the same Buddha rendered differently. (b) Of the Buddhas raised below it, the eighty-fascicle text has eight (the Tathāgata Vajra Light of the world Sandalwood · the Tathāgata Jewel Light of the world Wondrous Fragrance · the Tathāgata Jewel Lotus Flower Light of the world Lotus Flower · the Tathāgata Quiescent Light of the world Wondrous Gold · the Tathāgata Unmoving of the world Wondrous Joy · the Tathāgata Lion of the world Well Abiding · the Tathāgata Moon Awakening of the world Mirror Light · the Tathāgata Vairocana of the world Jewel Lion Adornment), and the sixty-fascicle text four (the Tathāgata Akṣobhya of the world Wondrous Bliss (the sixty-fascicle text here reads 「妙樂世界,阿閦如來」 tr. “the world Wondrous Bliss, the Tathāgata Akṣobhya”) · the Tathāgata Lion of the world Well Abiding · the Tathāgata Moon Wisdom of the world Well Manifest Full Light · the Tathāgata Vairocana of the world Jewel Lion Adornment, the sixty-fascicle text transcribing the name with a different second character, pílóu for the eighty-fascicle text’s pílú)—the eighty-fascicle text making with Peace and Bliss nine in all, and the sixty-fascicle text five in all. (c) 「妙喜世界不動如來」 tr. “the Tathāgata Unmoving of the world Wondrous Joy” / 「妙樂世界,阿閦如來」 tr. “the world Wondrous Bliss, the Tathāgata Akṣobhya” are the same Buddha rendered differently (Unmoving being by sense Akṣobhya). Recorded without judgment.

Sentence Eight The Four Similes

EditionVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda T279I know that all the Buddhas are like a reflected image and that my own mind is like waterT10n0279 0339c29
Buddhabhadra T278I know that all the Buddhas are wholly like lightning, and understand that my own mind is like an image in waterT09n0278 0695a03
Śikṣānanda T279I know that all the Buddhas and my own mind are wholly like an echoT10n0279 0340a01
Buddhabhadra T278I know that the voices of all the Buddhas are like an echo, and that my own mind is so as wellT09n0278 0695a05
Śikṣānanda T279Knowing thus and holding it in mind thus: the Buddhas that are seen are all by one's own mindT10n0279 0340a02
Buddhabhadra T278Knowing thus, understanding thus, entering thusT09n0278 0695a06

What the differences attach to: (a) The second simile differs in form most widely—the eighty-fascicle text takes the Buddha for the reflected image and the mind for the water, while the sixty-fascicle text takes the Buddha for lightning and what the mind knows for an image in water. Fazang's 「二對中如電等」 tr. “in the second pair, as with lightning and the rest” 〔T35n1733 0460a09〕 is set up upon the sixty-fascicle text, and Chengguan's stretch upon 『the moon in water』 〔T35n1735 0928b02〕 is set up upon the eighty-fascicle text. (b) Before the first simile the sixty-fascicle text has a further sentence, 「知一切佛無所從來,我無所至」 tr. “I know that all the Buddhas come from nowhere, and that I go nowhere” 〔T09n0278 0695a02〕, which the eighty-fascicle text has not, having instead 「然彼如來不來至此,我身亦不往詣於彼」 tr. “and yet those Tathāgatas did not come here, and my body did not go there” 〔T10n0279 0339c27〕 placed before the four similes. (c) The concluding sentence in the eighty-fascicle text returns to 「皆由自心」 tr. “all by one's own mind,” while the sixty-fascicle text reads 「如是知,如是解,如是入」 tr. “knowing thus, understanding thus, entering thus” and does not bring out the word 「心」 tr. “mind,” its returning to mind standing in the stretch below, 「善男子!當知菩薩皆由己心得諸佛法」 tr. “son of good family! You should know that a bodhisattva obtains the dharmas of the Buddhas all by his own mind” 〔T09n0278 0695a07〕. Recorded without judgment.

Sentence Nine Humbling Himself and Deferring to the Superior, and Pointing to the Next Friend

EditionVerbatim, renderedSource
Śikṣānanda T279Son of good family! I have obtained entering and coming out only upon this gate of liberation of the Tathāgatas' unobstructed adornmentT10n0279 0340a13
Buddhabhadra T278Son of good family! I have only cultivated this dharma gate of the Tathāgatas' unobstructedness—how could I tell of the practices of the bodhisattvasT09n0278 0695a16
Śikṣānanda T279Son of good family! From here journey south, to the shore of Jambudvīpa, where there is a land named Marigala; there is a monk there named Ocean BannerT10n0279 0340a21
Buddhabhadra T278Son of good family! In the south of this place there is a land named Adorned Summit of Jambudvīpa; there is a monk there named Ocean BannerT09n0278 0695a24

What the differences attach to: (a) The eighty-fascicle text transcribes the name of the land as 「摩利伽羅」 tr. “Marigala” and the sixty-fascicle text renders it by sense as 「莊嚴閻浮提頂」 tr. “Adorned Summit of Jambudvīpa”—Chengguan has already pointed out this correspondence: 「摩利伽羅,晉經譯為莊嚴」 tr. “Marigala the Jin sūtra renders as Adornment” 〔T35n1735 0928c11〕. (b) The name of the monk, 「海幢」 tr. “Ocean Banner,” is wholly the same in the two texts. (c) The sentence of taking leave in the eighty-fascicle text reads 「辭退而去」 tr. “he took his leave and went” 〔T10n0279 0340b01〕, and in the sixty-fascicle text 「辭退南行」 tr. “he took his leave and journeyed south” 〔T09n0278 0695b03〕. Recorded without judgment.

Collation with the Forty-Fascicle Text (T293)

The forty-fascicle Avataṃsaka T293 preserves chapter thirty-nine alone; this good friend's stretch is seen at 〔T10n0293 0685c08〕–〔0688b17〕. Its text is broader than the eighty-fascicle text, and the items are collated below. The three translations are collated only within the stretches each actually has, and what the eighty-fascicle text does not have is not filled back in as a direct saying of the base text.

Collation One The Conditions for Entering Concentration, and the Name of the Concentration

EditionVerbatimSource
Śikṣānanda T279then the Elder Liberation, by the power of roots of goodness in the past, by the power of the Buddha's majestic spirit, and by the power of the youth Mañjuśrī's holding in mindT10n0279 0339a23
Prajñā T293then the Elder Liberation, by the power of roots of goodness gathered in the past, by the power of the Tathāgata's present majestic spirit, by the power of the youth Mañjuśrī's holding in mind, and by being sustained by the power of the original practice and vows of all the good friends of the ten directionsT10n0293 0686c05
Śikṣānanda T279at once entered the bodhisattva's gate of samādhi named the boundless whirling dhāraṇī that universally gathers in all Buddha-fieldsT10n0279 0339a24
Prajñā T293at once entered the bodhisattva's surpassing gate of samādhi, the samādhi named the whirling dhāraṇī that universally gathers in boundlessly all Buddha-fieldsT10n0293 0686c07

What the differences attach to: (a) The conditions for entering concentration are three matters in the eighty-fascicle text (the power of roots of goodness in the past · the power of the Buddha's majestic spirit · the power of Mañjuśrī's holding in mind) and four in the forty-fascicle text, which has the further condition 「十方一切諸善知識本行願力所加持故」 tr. “by being sustained by the power of the original practice and vows of all the good friends of the ten directions.” Chengguan, upon the base text, judges three conditions and takes the goodness of old for the cause and the other two for conditions 〔T35n1735 0927c23〕; the fourth condition of the forty-fascicle text does not fall within that judgment. (b) The word order of the name of the concentration differs: in the eighty-fascicle text 「無邊」 tr. “boundless” attaches below 「佛剎」 tr. “Buddha-fields,” and in the forty-fascicle text 「無邊」 tr. “boundless” attaches below 「普攝」 tr. “universally gathers in.” (c) The forty-fascicle text adds the further graph 「勝」 tr. “surpassing” above the name, making 「菩薩勝三昧門」 tr. “the bodhisattva's surpassing gate of samādhi.” Recorded without judgment.

Collation Two Body and Buddha-Fields Entering into One Another

EditionVerbatimSource
Prajñā T293within all the fields inside his body he likewise universally manifested his body, and there was nowhere it did not fill and pervade; body and Buddha-fields entered into one another and did not obstruct one another; the various colors and images had no coming and going, and each distinct one abode in its order and was not jumbled togetherT10n0293 0686c17

What the differences attach to: (a) The eighty-fascicle text here runs 「種種形相、種種次第,如本而住,不相雜亂」 tr. “the various forms and marks and the various orders abode as they originally were and were not jumbled together,” and above that 「如是一切,於其身中悉皆顯現,無所障礙」 tr. “all such as these were wholly made manifest within his body, with nothing obstructed” 〔the stretch of the marks of the dependent and proper within the concentration in the eighty-fascicle text is seen at T10n0279 0339a25–0339b20〕—the last four graphs 「不相雜亂」 tr. “not jumbled together” are wholly the same in both, while the sentence 「身與佛剎互相涉入」 tr. “body and Buddha-fields entered into one another” the forty-fascicle text alone has. (b) Chengguan's Yanyi chao, glossing the third of the senses of the unobstructed, cites the newly translated sutra sentence 「身與佛剎互相涉入,不相障礙」 tr. “body and Buddha-fields enter into one another and do not obstruct one another” 〔T36n1736 0670b17〕, and the sentence he cites agrees graph for graph with the forty-fascicle text T293 0686c18. (c) It is upon this very sentence that the Chao concludes the sense of layer upon layer without end: 「故身身無窮剎剎無盡」 tr. “therefore body within body is without limit and field within field is without end” 〔T36n1736 0670b20〕. Recorded without judgment.

Collation Three The Order in Which the Ten Directions Are Listed

EditionVerbatimSource
Śikṣānanda T279I saw again, above, the world Buddhas Appearing in Order Without End, where the Tathāgata, Worthy One, Rightly and Fully Awakened One Full Banner of Boundless Light of Wisdom was surrounded by the assembly of the place of awakening, with the bodhisattva Banner King of the Gate of the Dharma Realm as foremostT10n0279 0339c14
Śikṣānanda T279I saw again, below, the world Light of the Buddhas, where the Tathāgata, Worthy One, Rightly and Fully Awakened One Banner of Unobstructed Wisdom was surrounded by the assembly of the place of awakening, with the bodhisattva Banner King of All the Fields of the World as foremostT10n0279 0339c17
Prajñā T293I saw again, below, the world Light of the Liberation of the Leaping Flame of the Lion, where the Tathāgata, Worthy One, Rightly and Fully Awakened One Unobstructed Banner of the Dharma Realm, Complete in the Flaming Light of Wisdom was surrounded by the assembly of the place of awakening, with the bodhisattva Banner of the Worlds Universally Illumined by the Flaming Light of the Wisdom of the Dharma Realm as foremostT10n0293 0687b19
Prajñā T293I saw again, above, the world Buddhas Universally Illumining with Light, Appearing in Order Without End, where the Tathāgata, Worthy One, Rightly and Fully Awakened One King of the Banner of the Full Light of Unobstructed Wisdom of Boundless Renown was surrounded by the assembly of the place of awakening, with the bodhisattva Banner King of the Wisdom of the Dharma Realm with Unobstructed Power of Vigor as foremostT10n0293 0687b22

What the differences attach to: (a) The order of the first eight directions is wholly the same in the eighty-fascicle and the forty-fascicle texts (east · south · west · north · northeast · southeast · southwest · northwest); of the last two, the eighty-fascicle text puts above first and below after, and the forty-fascicle text puts below first and above after—below before above. (b) The names have many added graphs: the world above, eighty-fascicle 「佛次第出現無盡」 tr. “Buddhas Appearing in Order Without End” / forty-fascicle 「光明遍照次第出現無盡佛」 tr. “Buddhas Universally Illumining with Light, Appearing in Order Without End”; the Buddha above, eighty-fascicle 「無邊智慧光圓滿幢」 tr. “Full Banner of Boundless Light of Wisdom” / forty-fascicle 「名稱無邊無礙智慧圓滿光幢王」 tr. “King of the Banner of the Full Light of Unobstructed Wisdom of Boundless Renown”; the world below, eighty-fascicle 「佛光明」 tr. “Light of the Buddhas” / forty-fascicle 「師子騰焰解脫光明」 tr. “Light of the Liberation of the Leaping Flame of the Lion”; the Buddha below, eighty-fascicle 「無礙智幢」 tr. “Banner of Unobstructed Wisdom” / forty-fascicle 「無礙法界幢具足智慧焰光」 tr. “Unobstructed Banner of the Dharma Realm, Complete in the Flaming Light of Wisdom” 〔the names of the ten directions in the forty-fascicle text are seen at T10n0293 0687a26–0687b26〕. (c) The rendering of the Tathāgata's titles is the same in the eighty-fascicle and forty-fascicle texts, 「應、正等覺」 tr. “Worthy One, Rightly and Fully Awakened One”, while the sixty-fascicle text has 「應供、等正覺」 tr. “Worthy of Offerings, Fully and Rightly Awakened One” (see Sentence Five). Recorded without judgment.

Collation Four The Seeing of the Two Limits of Past and Future

EditionVerbatimSource
Prajñā T293son of good family! If I wish to see, throughout all the kalpas to the very limit of the past, all the Buddhas there are, and the various adornments of their Buddha-fields, the assemblies of their places of awakening, their spiritual powers and transformations, and their taming of beings; and throughout all the oceans of kalpas to the very limit of the future, all the Tathāgatas there are and the bodhisattvas, their adorned lands and the assemblies of their places of awakening, their taming of beings, their spiritual powers and transformations—all such as these I see according with the holding of them in mindT10n0293 0687c10
Prajñā T293those Tathāgatas and those kalpas, and all the adornments there are in all the Buddha-fields, in their various distinctions, do not come to the present, nor does my mind enter into that past or that future; and yet what is seen of them is all as if presentT10n0293 0687c15

What the differences attach to: (a) The forty-fascicle text opens a further part after the seeing of the Buddhas at will, setting up the seeing of the Buddhas in terms of the two limits of past and future; the eighty-fascicle text's part of the extensive seeing at will runs 〔T10n0279 0339c21〕–〔0339c27〕 and is directly followed by the four similes 〔0339c28〕, without this part of the three times. (b) The closing sentence of this part in the forty-fascicle text, 「不來至今,我心亦不入彼過、未」 tr. “they do not come to the present, nor does my mind enter into that past or that future” 〔T10n0293 0687c16〕, and the closing sentence of its part of the ten directions, 「然彼一切世界如來不來至此,我身亦不往詣於彼」 tr. “and yet the Tathāgatas of all those worlds do not come here, nor does my body go there to them” 〔T10n0293 0687b29〕, are of one sentence pattern while the side each wards off is not the same: the one wards off the going out and coming in of time and kalpas, the other the coming and going of place. The eighty-fascicle text has the warding off of the one side of place alone (「彼諸如來不來至此,我不往彼」 tr. “those Tathāgatas do not come here, and I do not go there” 〔T10n0279 0339c20〕). Recorded without judgment.

Collation Five The Joining of the Four Similes

EditionVerbatimSource
Śikṣānanda T279I know that all the Buddhas and my own mind are wholly like a dreamT10n0279 0339c28
Prajñā T293because I know that all the Buddhas and my own mind are alike a dream: what is seen in a dream is born of discrimination, and the seeing of all the Buddhas arises from one's own mindT10n0293 0687c21
Śikṣānanda T279I know that all the Buddhas are like a reflected image and that my own mind is like waterT10n0279 0339c29
Prajñā T293and I know that my own mind is like water in a vessel, and awaken to the understanding that all dharmas are like the reflections in that waterT10n0293 0687c22
Śikṣānanda T279I know that all the color and mark the Buddhas have, and my own mind as well, are wholly like an illusionT10n0279 0339c29
Prajñā T293and I know that my own mind is like the art of illusion, and know that all dharmas are like what illusion makesT10n0293 0687c23
Śikṣānanda T279I know that all the Buddhas and my own mind are wholly like an echoT10n0279 0340a01
Prajñā T293and I know that my own mind and the Buddhas and bodhisattvas are wholly like an echo—as an empty valley sends forth an echo according with the sound—and awakening to the understanding of my own mind, I see the Buddhas according with the holding of them in mindT10n0293 0687c24

What the differences attach to: (a) The four similes of the eighty-fascicle text raise the likeness alone (dream · reflected image · illusion · echo) and do not bring out the joining of the likeness; the four similes of the forty-fascicle text all carry their joining—below the dream simile it brings out 「從分別生」 tr. “is born of discrimination” and 「從自心起」 tr. “arises from one’s own mind”, below the image simile 「器中水」 tr. “water in a vessel” and 「水中影」 tr. “the reflections in the water”, below the illusion simile 「如幻所作」 tr. “like what illusion makes”, and below the echo simile 「空谷隨聲發響」 tr. “an empty valley sends forth an echo according with the sound” and 「隨念見佛」 tr. “seeing the Buddhas according with the holding of them in mind”. (b) The assignment of the second simile differs in all three translations: the eighty-fascicle text takes the Buddhas for the reflected image and one's own mind for the water; the forty-fascicle text takes one's own mind for the water in a vessel and dharmas for the reflections in the water; the sixty-fascicle text takes the Buddhas for lightning and what one's own mind knows for the image in the water (see Sentence Eight). (c) Chengguan's Yanyi chao, glossing the dream simile, raises that sutra's particular simile 「如夢所見,從分別生。見一切佛,從自心起。」 tr. “what is seen in a dream is born of discrimination; the seeing of all the Buddhas arises from one's own mind.” 〔T36n1736 0670c11〕; and glossing the echo simile, raises the new sutra's particular simile 「譬如空谷,隨聲發響。悟解自心,隨念見佛。」 tr. “as an empty valley sends forth an echo according with the sound: awakening to the understanding of one's own mind, one sees the Buddhas according with the holding of them in mind.” 〔T36n1736 0672a01〕—the two sentences he cites agree graph for graph with the forty-fascicle text T293 0687c21 · 0687c25. Recorded without judgment.

Collation Six The Part on Mind, Manas, Consciousness, and the Ālaya

EditionVerbatimSource
Prajñā T293son of good family! The deeds are empty and false; their gathering and accumulating is named mind; manas deliberates, mental consciousness discriminates, and the five consciousnesses of the eye and the rest apprehend objective realms in differing waysT10n0293 0688a03
Prajñā T293when the Buddhas and bodhisattvas realize and awaken for themselves, they turn about the ālaya and obtain the wisdom of original awakeningT10n0293 0688a07
Prajñā T293all the foolish common folk are confused about the Buddha's skillful means, cling to there being three vehicles, and do not understand that the three realms arise from mindT10n0293 0688a09
Prajñā T293the Buddha says that all dharmas are without arising and without ceasing, and are likewise without the three timesT10n0293 0688a12
Prajñā T293foolish common folk falsely give rise to discrimination, clinging to being amid non-being and to non-being amid being, grasping at the various activities and marks of the ālaya, falling into the two views of arising and ceasing, and not understanding their own mind, they give rise to discriminationT10n0293 0688a15

What the differences attach to: (a) Between the conclusion 『all by one's own mind』 and the ten dharmas for governing the mind the forty-fascicle text brings out a long further part 〔T10n0293 0688a03〕–〔0688a19〕, setting up the names of mind · manas · mental consciousness · the five consciousnesses of the eye and the rest, and bringing out the words 「轉阿賴耶得本覺智」 tr. “turning about the ālaya and obtaining the wisdom of original awakening” 〔T10n0293 0688a08〕 and 「取阿賴耶種種行相」 tr. “grasping at the various activities and marks of the ālaya” 〔T10n0293 0688a16〕; the eighty-fascicle text here has no text on the divisions of mind and consciousness, and its part of the general conclusion by one's own mind 〔T10n0279 0340a03〕–〔0340a07〕 is followed directly by the ten sentences from 「是故,善男子」 tr. “therefore, son of good family” 〔0340a07〕. (b) The forty-fascicle text also brings out in this part the two stretches on clinging to the three vehicles and on being without arising and ceasing, which the eighty-fascicle text likewise does not have. (c) This entry records the text of the two translations only; it does not judge what is of settled meaning and what is not, nor does it let the forty-fascicle text's words on mind and consciousness flow down into the eighty-fascicle text. Recorded without judgment.

Collation Seven The Ten Dharmas for Governing One's Own Mind

EditionVerbatimSource
Śikṣānanda T279one should aid one's own mind with good dharmas, one should moisten one's own mind with the water of the Dharma, one should purify and govern one's own mind upon objective realmsT10n0279 0340a08
Prajñā T293one should aid one's own mind with good dharmas, one should moisten one's own mind with the rain of the Dharma, one should govern and purify one's own mind with the wondrous DharmaT10n0293 0688a20
Śikṣānanda T279one should illumine and examine one's own mind with the ten powers of the BuddhasT10n0279 0340a12
Prajñā T293one should brightly illumine one's own mind with the ten powers and the four fearlessnessesT10n0293 0688a24

What the differences attach to: (a) Both texts have ten sentences; in the eighty-fascicle text nine of them run 『應以…自心』 tr. "one should, with such and such, do such and such to one's own mind", while the third runs 〔0340a09〕「應於境界淨治自心」 tr. "one should purify and govern one's own mind upon objective realms", whereas in the forty-fascicle text all ten run 『應以』. Going through them one by one, three are wholly the same in both: the first, 『善法扶助』 tr. “aiding it with good dharmas”; the fourth, 『精進堅固』 tr. “making it firm with vigor”; the seventh, 『智慧明利』 tr. “making it bright and keen with wisdom”. The other seven all differ—second, eighty-fascicle 『法水潤澤』 tr. “moistening it with the water of the Dharma” / forty-fascicle 『法雨潤澤』 tr. “moistening it with the rain of the Dharma”; third, eighty-fascicle 『於境界淨治』 tr. “purifying and governing it upon objective realms” / forty-fascicle 『以妙法治淨』 tr. “governing and purifying it with the wondrous Dharma”; fifth, eighty-fascicle 『忍辱坦蕩』 tr. “level and unconstricted through patience” / forty-fascicle 『忍辱卑下』 tr. “humble and lowly through patience”; sixth, eighty-fascicle 『智證潔白』 tr. “clean and white through the realization of wisdom” / forty-fascicle 『禪定清淨』 tr. “pure through meditative concentration”; eighth, eighty-fascicle 『佛自在開發』 tr. “opened up by the sovereign mastery of the Buddhas” / forty-fascicle 『佛德發起』 tr. “roused by the virtue of the Buddhas”; ninth, eighty-fascicle 『佛平等廣大』 tr. “vast and great through the equality of the Buddhas” / forty-fascicle 『平等廣博』 tr. “broad and wide through equality”; tenth, eighty-fascicle 『佛十力照察』 tr. “illumined and examined by the ten powers of the Buddhas” / forty-fascicle 『十力、四無所畏明照』 tr. “brightly illumined by the ten powers and the four fearlessnesses” 〔the eighty-fascicle text is seen at T10n0279 0340a08–0340a12 · the forty-fascicle text at T10n0293 0688a20–0688a25〕. (b) In the tenth sentence the forty-fascicle text adds the four fearlessnesses besides the ten powers. Recorded without judgment.


V. Scriptural Grounds of Sectarian Doctrine (the doctrinal eye)

(1) The five senses of the name of the concentration, 「無礙」 tr. “unobstructed”. Chengguan does not take 「無礙」 tr. “unobstructed” for loose praise, but opens it out sense by sense:

「名如來無礙莊嚴者,總有五義:一一切如來各具一切無礙莊嚴、二一一如來互遍無礙、三一切如來莊嚴悉入長者之身、四長者徹見十方佛海、五長者智持不以為礙。」 tr. “As for the name, the Tathāgatas' unobstructed adornment, it has five senses in all: one, that every Tathāgata is possessed of every unobstructed adornment; two, that each single Tathāgata pervades the others unobstructed; three, that the adornments of all the Tathāgatas wholly enter into the elder's body; four, that the elder sees through to the ocean of Buddhas of the ten directions; five, that the elder's wisdom holds them and does not take them for an obstruction.” 〔T35n1735 0928a04〕

The fifth sense, 「智持」 tr. “the wisdom that holds,” is set up by Chengguan alone, and its ground is that the 「攝」 tr. “gathering in” within the concentration and the 「持」 tr. “holding” after coming out of it should not be at odds:

「故無礙言兼得旋持,不違上文經家所序。」 tr. “Therefore the word ‘unobstructed’ takes in as well the whirling and holding, and does not go against what the compilers of the sūtra set out in the text above.” 〔T35n1735 0928a08〕

The Yanyi chao further sets forth the layer upon layer without end of the third sense: 「以身不大而剎不小,亦無來去,互遍無礙」 tr. “since the body is not large and the fields are not small, and there is no coming and going either, they pervade one another unobstructed” 〔T36n1736 0670b14〕, and it cites a sentence of the new rendering, 「身與佛剎互相涉入,不相障礙」 tr. “the body and the Buddha-fields enter one into the other and do not obstruct each other” 〔T36n1736 0670b17〕, concluding 「故身身無窮剎剎無盡」 tr. “and therefore body upon body is without end and field upon field is without exhaustion” 〔0670b20〕.

(2) The setting up of mind-only mindfulness of the Buddha. As to why this stretch is told after the concentration before it, Chengguan points to its essential directly:

〔T35n1735 0928a10〕「四「善男子我見如是」〔0928a10〕下彰定體相,即無來去,唯心觀故。所以次前顯此定者,唯心之觀亦其要故,亦顯此位知眾生界無量無邊皆心現故。」 tr. “Fourth, from ‘son of good family, I see such as these’ onward is the displaying of the substance and marks of the concentration, that is, the absence of coming and going, because of the mind-only contemplation. The reason this concentration is displayed after the one before is that the contemplation of mind-only is likewise essential, and it also displays that in this stage one knows that the realm of beings, measureless and boundless, is all manifested by mind.”

The joint of his teaching lies in one rhetorical question:

「初中,既了境唯心、了心即佛,故隨所念無非佛矣。何難見哉?」 tr. “In the first, since one has understood that the objective realm is mind-only and understood that mind is the Buddha, therefore whatever is held in mind is nothing but the Buddha. What is hard about seeing him?” 〔T35n1735 0928a18〕

And the ground of the absence of coming and going is attached to 「相虛」 tr. “the emptiness of the mark”: 「了彼相虛,唯心現故」 tr. “because one understands that the mark there is empty, being manifested by mind only” 〔T35n1735 0928a22〕. The Yanyi chao further cites the earlier text of this sūtra as grounds—「若人欲了知,三世一切佛,應觀法界性,一切唯心造」 tr. “if a person wishes to understand all the Buddhas of the three times, he should observe the nature of the Dharma realm: all things are made by mind alone” 〔T36n1736 0670b29〕 and 「如心佛亦爾,如佛眾生然。應知佛與心,體性皆無盡」 tr. “as the mind is, so is the Buddha; as the Buddha is, so are beings. One should know that the Buddha and the mind are alike inexhaustible in substance and nature” 〔T36n1736 0670c02〕—concluding 「既境即是心,心即是佛,則無境非佛」 tr. “since the objective realm is the mind and the mind is the Buddha, then there is no objective realm that is not the Buddha” 〔0670c03〕.

(3) The scriptural grounds for mindfulness of the Buddha that Chengguan cites. In glossing the four similes Chengguan cites two stretches of the Banzhou sanmei jing—「如夢見七寶,親屬歡樂。覺已追念,不知在何處。如是念佛」 tr. “as in a dream one sees the seven jewels and the delight of kinsfolk; waking, one calls it back to mind and does not know where it is. So is mindfulness of the Buddha” 〔T35n1735 0928a25〕 and 「如舍衛國有女名曰須門。聞之心喜,夜夢從事。覺已念之,彼不來、我不往,而樂事宛然」 tr. “as in the land of Śrāvastī there was a woman named Sumana; hearing of her, his mind rejoiced, and by night he dreamed of being with her. Waking, he held it in mind: she did not come and I did not go, and yet the delightful matter was vivid” 〔0928a27〕; and where he brings mind-only to a conclusion he cites the Wuliangshou guan jing, 「是心是佛,是心作佛,諸佛正遍知海從心想生」 tr. “this mind is the Buddha, this mind makes the Buddha; the ocean of the right and universal knowing of the Buddhas is born of the thought of the mind” 〔T35n1735 0928b11〕, and cites the concluding and the sweeping away of the Banzhou sanmei jing—「自念佛從何所來,我亦無所至」 tr. “I hold in mind of myself: from where does the Buddha come? And I too go nowhere” 〔0928b13〕 and 「心不自知心,心不自見心。心有想為癡,無想即泥洹」 tr. “the mind does not of itself know the mind, the mind does not of itself see the mind. For the mind to have thought is folly; to be without thought is nirvāṇa” 〔0928b15〕.

(4) The mind runs through the myriad dharmas. Mind-only does not stop at the one contemplation of mindfulness of the Buddha; Chengguan judges the sūtra text from 「善男子!當知菩薩修諸佛法」 tr. “son of good family! You should know that a bodhisattva cultivates the dharmas of the Buddhas” onward to be a third layer:

「第三心該萬法。謂非但一念佛觀由於自心,菩薩萬行、佛果體用亦不離心。」 tr. “Third, the mind runs through the myriad dharmas. That is, not only is the one contemplation of mindfulness of the Buddha by one's own mind; the myriad practices of a bodhisattva and the substance and function of the Buddha-fruit are likewise not apart from mind.” 〔T35n1735 0928b18〕

The verse he cites here says 「諸佛從心得解脫,心者無漏名清淨」 tr. “the Buddhas obtain liberation from the mind; the mind, being without outflows, is called pure” 〔T35n1735 0928b20〕.

(5) The warding off of the fault of ‘letting the mind be is the Buddha’—the most essential warding off of this stretch. Upon the ten sentences on governing one's own mind from 「是故,善男子」 tr. “therefore, son of good family” onward, Chengguan judges them to be 「結勸修學」 tr. “the concluding exhortation to cultivation and study,” and points directly to what they ward off:

「第四結勸修學中,既萬法不離自心,但修自心,萬法行備。亦遣愚人妄解之失。謂有計云:萬法皆心,任之是佛。驅馳萬法,豈不唐勞?故今廣明,心雖即佛,久翳塵勞,故以萬行增修令其瑩徹。又但說萬行由心,不說不修為是。又萬法即心,修何礙心?」 tr. “Fourth, in the concluding exhortation to cultivation and study: since the myriad dharmas are not apart from one's own mind, one cultivates one's own mind alone and the practice of the myriad dharmas is complete. It also drives off the fault of the false understanding of the foolish. That is, some reckon and say: the myriad dharmas are all mind, and letting them be as they are is the Buddha; to drive oneself about among the myriad dharmas—is that not labor wasted? Therefore it is now made clear at length that the mind, though it is the Buddha, has long been filmed over by the dust of toil, and so with the myriad practices one cultivates it further and makes it bright and clear. Further, it says only that the myriad practices are by mind; it does not say that not cultivating is right. Further, since the myriad dharmas are the mind, what does cultivating obstruct in the mind?” 〔T35n1735 0928b22〕

Fazang judges this same sense, and his words are more in terms of cultivation and realization: 「以諸佛境界遍滿一切,但以心垢對之不見」 tr. “because the realm of the Buddhas pervades and fills all things, and it is only that the filth of the mind is set against it and it is not seen” 〔T35n1733 0460a20〕, 「若修治自心,令離障得定,諸佛境界當處便現故云也」 tr. “if one cultivates and governs one's own mind, causing it to leave obstruction behind and obtain concentration, then the realm of the Buddhas appears then and there—and so it is said” 〔0460a21〕.

(6) Giving rise to the mind is being a vessel for receiving the Dharma. At the place of the inquiry in this stretch Fazang sets up a general rule that runs through the whole of the fifty-three visits:

「諸文皆先述己力發菩提心,然後請法。以此文驗,即知欲受大法,要須發菩提心;若不發此心,非此法器。是故諸文皆先定發心。或善友重問,然後為說,此為佛法之大轍,應思記之。」 tr. “All the passages first state one's own power of giving rise to the mind of awakening, and afterward request the Dharma. Verifying it by this passage, one knows that to receive the great Dharma one must give rise to the mind of awakening; if one does not give rise to this mind, one is not a vessel for this Dharma. Therefore all the passages first settle the giving rise to the mind. Or the good friend asks again, and only then tells it for him. This is the great rut of the Buddha-dharma, and it ought to be pondered and remembered.” 〔T35n1733 0459c03〕

(7) Deferring upward is of two kinds. Upon the stretch of humbling oneself and deferring to the superior Fazang distinguishes its form:

「然諸文仰推有二類:一即於自己法門之內更有深細,非己能知,即如此文及前位等;二推異類法門非己能知,如前第三住中推菩薩戒等。」 tr. “Now the looking up and deferring in all these passages is of two kinds: one, that within one's own dharma gate there is something deeper and finer that one cannot oneself know, as in this passage and in the stages before it; two, deferring to a dharma gate of a different kind that one cannot oneself know, as in the third abode before, where the bodhisattva precepts and the rest are deferred to.” 〔T35n1733 0460a29〕

This stretch belongs to the former kind—what is deferred to as surpassing still lies within one and the same dharma gate.


VI. Divergent Interpretations of the Commentators (the ancient worthies · with their houses marked)

Chengguan, Huayan jing shu T35n1735 · Yanyi chao T36n1736 (glossing the eighty-fascicle Avataṃsaka passage by passage · principal)

What the three conditions of entering the concentration signify: 「初彰入定因緣,宿善為因表自修故;後二為緣。主佛威力,表本覺故。文殊念力,顯信智故。」 tr. “First, the making clear of the cause and condition of entering the concentration: past goodness as the cause signifies self-cultivation; the latter two are conditions. The majestic power of the host Buddha signifies original awakening. The power of Mañjuśrī's mindfulness displays faith and wisdom.” 〔T35n1735 0927c23〕

The gloss on the name of the concentration: 〔T35n1735 0927c26〕「二「即入」〔0927c26〕下舉定名體,謂普攝諸剎在於身中。由唯心之智稱性總持,令如體用旋轉無礙,故以為名。」 tr. “Second, from ‘at once entered’ onward, the raising of the name and substance of the concentration: that is, universally gathering in the fields within his body. Because a mind-only wisdom holds entire in accord with the nature, it makes substance and function whirl unobstructed, and so it is taken for the name.”

What the twelve years signify: 「十二年者,昔云自分勝進,各修六度故,亦顯遍觀十二住故。亦表不住十二緣故,故云遊行;若不住緣則得解脫,故下云得見。」 tr. “As for the twelve years, of old it was said that in one's own portion and in the advance one cultivates the six perfections in each, and it also displays the universal observing of the twelve abodes. And it signifies not abiding in the twelve links, and so it says journeying on; if one does not abide in the links then one obtains liberation, and so below it says he got sight of him.” 〔T35n1735 0927c08〕

Humbling oneself and pointing onward: 〔T35n1735 0928c07〕「第四「善男子我唯」〔0928c07〕下謙己推勝。不住涅槃際,生下當知。餘文相顯。」 tr. “Fourth, from ‘son of good family, I have only’ onward is humbling oneself and deferring to the superior. Not abiding in the limit of nirvāṇa gives rise to what should be known below. The rest of the text displays it by its marks.” · 「閻浮提畔者,此洲南際,表將隣不退故。亦云所得般若,六度後邊故。」 tr. “As for the shore of Jambudvīpa, it is the southern edge of this continent, signifying that one is soon to border upon non-retrogression. It is also said to be the wisdom obtained, being at the hinder edge of the six perfections.” 〔0928c09〕 · 「比丘海幢者,業用深廣而高出故。正心不動如海,最高勝故。」 tr. “As for the monk Ocean Banner, his working is deep and wide and stands out high. His upright mind is unmoving as an ocean, and is the most lofty and surpassing.” 〔0928c11〕

The Chao distinguishing the general and the particular of the four similes in the two renderings: 「此之四喻,唯影別喻,餘三皆通。若準新譯,夢響二喻具通與別,影幻二喻唯別無通。」 tr. “Of these four similes, the reflected image alone is a particular simile, and the other three are all general. If one follows the new rendering, the dream and the echo, the two similes, have both the general and the particular, while the reflected image and the illusion, the two similes, are particular only and not general.” 〔T36n1736 0670c08〕

The Chao on the three glosses of the dream simile (in terms of the practitioner · in terms of the realm of the Buddha · in terms of both response and stimulus): 「又約義別說,心性如境、觀如緣想、觀成如夢,此唯就於能行人合。又法身如境、報身如想、應身如夢,此唯約佛境合。又彼佛如境、行人如想、見佛如夢所見,雙約感應。」 tr. “again, speaking separately in terms of the sense: the nature of the mind is like the object, contemplation is like the thought that takes it as condition, and the completing of contemplation is like the dream—this joins the likeness only in terms of the one who practices. Again, the Dharma body is like the object, the reward body like the thought, and the response body like the dream—this joins the likeness only in terms of the realm of the Buddha. Again, that Buddha is like the object, the practitioner like the thought, and the seeing of the Buddha like what is seen in the dream—this is in terms of both stimulus and response.” 〔T36n1736 0671a21〕 · 「此之三釋,釋經通喻一切諸佛及以我心皆如夢故。」 tr. “these three glosses gloss the sūtra's general likeness, that all the Buddhas and my own mind are alike a dream.” 〔0671a24〕

The Chao on the clear and turbid, moving and still of the water simile: upon the Shu's words 「心之定散,準喻思擇」 tr. “the concentration and scattering of the mind are to be pondered and chosen according to the likeness,” the Chao glosses by the four kinds of water—「然水有四類,謂一清、二濁、三動、四靜。」 tr. “now water is of four kinds: first clear, second turbid, third moving, fourth still.” 〔T36n1736 0671c03〕 · 「四事交絡,成多句數」 tr. “the four matters interweave and make up a number of sentences” 〔0671c07〕, and four sentences come of the interweaving: first, water turbid and moving, likening one who has delusion and no faith and also many scattered thoughts; second, turbid and not moving, likening one who has delusion and no faith and also no grasping after; third, clear and moving, likening one without delusion who has faith but much examining thought; and 「四清而且靜,喻無惑有信而定」 tr. “fourth, clear and also still, likening one without delusion who has faith and is concentrated” 〔0671c14〕. The seeing of the Buddha by the four persons differs accordingly, and it comes down upon the fourth: 「第四人見,則色相端嚴凝停不亂,唯見唯靜逾觀逾明。今同第四而念見也。」 tr. “as for the fourth person's seeing, the color and mark are upright and adorned, settled and unconfused; it is only seeing, only stillness, and the more one contemplates the brighter it grows. Here it is like the fourth that one holds in mind and sees.” 〔T36n1736 0671c18〕

The Chao on the four contemplations within the four similes, and on their increasing excellence: 「一正喻唯心、二唯心故空、三唯心故假、四唯心故中。融而無礙即《華嚴》意。」 tr. “first, directly likening mind-only; second, empty because mind-only; third, provisional because mind-only; fourth, the mean because mind-only. That they fuse and are unobstructed is precisely the sense of the Huayan.” 〔T36n1736 0672a12〕 That the four similes are not one, the Chao refers to the distinction of increasing excellence: 「二從增勝說,四義不同,謂夢喻不來不去、影喻不出不入、幻喻非有非無、響喻非合非散。」 tr. “second, speaking from increasing excellence, the four senses are not the same: the dream simile is neither coming nor going, the image simile neither going out nor coming in, the illusion simile neither existent nor non-existent, the echo simile neither joined nor scattered.” 〔0672a15〕 It also assigns them to the three bodies and to seeing and hearing: 「又前三喻喻見佛身,後一兼喻聞法。」 tr. “again, the former three similes liken the seeing of the Buddha's body, and the last one likens also the hearing of the Dharma.” 〔0672a19〕 · 「夢喻法身,但有想見竟無見故;影喻報身,相明淨故;幻喻化身,隨意成故。」 tr. “the dream simile likens the Dharma body, for there is only a seeing by thought and in the end no seeing; the image simile likens the reward body, for its marks are bright and pure; the illusion simile likens the transformation body, for it is accomplished according with intent.” 〔0672a20〕

The Chao on the sweeping away of subject and object after the gathering of objects back into mind: 〔T36n1736 0672b18〕「故疏結云「上方攝境歸心,下又拂」〔0672b18〕者,先拂上心自見心,夫心為能見、佛為所見。」 tr. “thus where the Shu concludes, 『above, it gathers objects back into mind; below, it sweeps that away too,』 it first sweeps away the mind's seeing itself above, for the mind is that which sees and the Buddha is what is seen.” · 「刀不自割、指不自觸,云何自心還見自心?能所不分,見相斯絕。」 tr. “a knife does not cut itself and a finger does not touch itself; how then should one's own mind turn and see one's own mind? Where subject and object are not divided, the mark of seeing is cut off.” 〔0672b20〕

The Chao recording the separate translation of the Banzhou: 「然《般舟》別譯,隋朝沙門闍那崛多,即《大集.賢護》有文五卷,初品名思惟、第二品名三昧行。此中義在初品,餘可知。」 tr. “now the separate translation of the Banzhou is by the Sui-dynasty śramaṇa Jñānagupta, that is, the Bhadrapāla of the Mahāsaṃnipāta, a text in five fascicles, the first chapter named Pondering and the second named the Practice of Samādhi. The sense here lies in the first chapter; the rest may be known.” 〔T36n1736 0672b23〕

Fazang, Tanxuan ji T35n1733 (the commentary on the sixty-fascicle Avataṃsaka)

The gloss on the name of the city and the name of the person (three senses raised together): 「住林者,行德建立名林,安固不動稱住。又此長者栖薄大林長道之所,因以為名。又住三昧身內,廣現佛境依正因果如林。」 tr. “As for Abiding Grove, the establishing of the virtue of practice is named a grove, and being settled, firm, and unmoving is called abiding. Further, this elder perched in a place of great groves and long roads, and the name was taken from that. Further, abiding in samādhi, within his body he widely manifests the realms of the Buddhas, dependent and proper, cause and fruit, as many as a grove.” 〔T35n1733 0459b18〕 · 「長者名解脫者,有財有德名為長者。身內容現無邊佛境,定用自在名為解脫。」 tr. “As for the elder being named Liberation, having wealth and having virtue is what is called an elder. Within his body he contains and manifests boundless realms of the Buddhas, and the function of the concentration being sovereign is called liberation.” 〔0459b21〕

The twelve years: 「二身遊中,十二年者,古人云:自分勝進各修六度,故以表之。」 tr. “Second, within the journeying of the body, as for the twelve years, the men of old said: in one's own portion and in the advance one cultivates the six perfections in each, and so it signifies this.” 〔T35n1733 0459b27〕

The gloss on the name of the concentration (the name set up upon wisdom): 「攝剎從境為目,旋持從智為名。攝彼剎隨己智轉,含攝總持故為號。」 tr. “The gathering in of the fields takes its title from the objective realm, and the whirling and holding takes its name from wisdom. He gathers in those fields so that they turn according with his own wisdom, and because he contains and gathers and holds entire it is made his title.” 〔T35n1733 0459c19〕 · 「文殊憶念力者,善財善友不捨之力。」 tr. “As for the power of Mañjuśrī's mindfulness, it is the power by which Sudhana and the good friend do not let go of each other.” 〔0459c18〕

The four senses of the unobstructed: 「初中,無礙有四義:一者一一如來各具一切無礙莊嚴、二者一一如來互遍無礙、三者一切如來莊嚴悉皆入此長者身內、四者徹見十方佛海。此文具四,故云無礙。」 tr. “In the first, the unobstructed has four senses: first, that each single Tathāgata is possessed of every unobstructed adornment; second, that each single Tathāgata pervades the others unobstructed; third, that the adornments of all the Tathāgatas wholly enter within this elder's body; fourth, that he sees through to the ocean of Buddhas of the ten directions. This passage has the four complete, and so it says unobstructed.” 〔T35n1733 0459c27〕

The gloss on the dream simile in terms of substance: 「以能見所見俱在夢中各無自體,何所來至?以夢無處所故。此約體釋。」 tr. “Since that which sees and what is seen are both within the dream and each has no substance of its own, whence should there be a coming? Because a dream has no place. This is a gloss in terms of substance.” 〔T35n1733 0460a08〕

Li Tongxuan, Xin Huayan jing lun T36n1739 (a different track of what things signify)

「以解脫長者是世間俗士,表處俗行真名為解脫。」 tr. “Because the Elder Liberation is a layman of the world, it signifies dwelling amid the common world while practicing the true, and this is named liberation.” 〔T36n1739 0960a12〕

「此解脫長者,於十二緣生法中,處於生死,不壞緣生、不著緣生,故云遊行十二年,是不住義故,是生死涅槃無二義故,」 tr. “This Elder Liberation, amid the dharmas of the twelve links of birth, dwells within birth-and-death, neither destroying the arising by conditions nor clinging to it, and so it says journeying on for twelve years; this is the sense of not abiding, and the sense that birth-and-death and nirvāṇa are not two.” 〔T36n1739 0960a14〕

「一切心境莫不自是法界無礙解脫禪定林故,是故城名住林。」 tr. “All minds and objective realms are of themselves nothing but the grove of the unobstructed liberation and dhyāna of the Dharma realm, and therefore the city is named Abiding Grove.” 〔T36n1739 0960a20〕

「推求者,觀察勝進也。」 tr. “Searching for him is observing and advancing.” 〔T36n1739 0960a22〕 · 「得見解脫長者者,明以真會俗,真俗自體本性解脫也。見已五體投地,真俗無依,五位同會也。」 tr. “That he gets sight of the Elder Liberation makes clear that by the true he meets the common, and that the true and the common are of themselves liberated in their original nature. That having seen him he casts the five parts of his body to the ground is the true and the common having nothing to rely on, the five stages meeting together.” 〔0960a23〕 · 「合掌者,真俗會而不二也。」 tr. “Joining the palms is the true and the common meeting and being not two.” 〔0960a25〕

「明定體遍周圓滿故,以十為圓數也。」 tr. “It makes clear that the substance of the concentration pervades everywhere and is full, and so ten is taken as the round number.” 〔T36n1739 0960a28〕 · 「是三昧所現自位佛果及行故。」 tr. “These are the Buddha-fruit and the practice of this very stage manifested by the samādhi.” 〔0960b01〕 · 「以自心應真是佛故,所念皆是佛境界,更無餘也。」 tr. “Because one's own mind, answering to the true, is the Buddha, whatever is held in mind is the realm of the Buddha, and there is nothing else.” 〔0960b02〕

「此是第五具足方便住,以禪波羅蜜為體,餘九為伴。」 tr. “This is the fifth, the abode of fully endowed skillful means, having the pāramitā of dhyāna as its substance and the other nine as companions.” 〔T36n1739 0960b04〕 · 「偏治真俗靜亂二障,會五蘊十二緣為法界性自禪用。」 tr. “It governs in particular the two obstructions of the true and the common, stillness and disturbance, and gathers the five aggregates and the twelve links into the nature of the Dharma realm as its own function of dhyāna.” 〔0960b06〕

Fascicle thirty-five opens four further gates (from 「如諸菩薩摩訶薩」 tr. “as for the bodhisattva mahāsattvas” to 「辭退而去」 tr. “he took his leave and went away”): 〔T36n1739 0960b16〕「「如諸菩薩摩訶薩」〔0960b16〕已下至「辭退而去」〔0960b16〕有十六行經,約分為四門:一明推德於前、二示善知識方所及國土、三舉善知識名號、四善財敬戀善友流淚辭去。」 tr. “from 『as for the bodhisattva mahāsattvas』 down to 『he took his leave and went away』 there are sixteen lines of sūtra text, which are divided into four gates: first, making clear the deferring of virtue to the stage ahead; second, showing the direction and the land of the good friend; third, raising the good friend's name; fourth, Sudhana's reverent cherishing of the good friend, his shedding of tears, and his taking leave.”

「第一推德於前者,明解脫長者推德於前位善知識有十種殊勝,勸令善財進求加行。」 tr. “as for the first, the deferring of virtue to the stage ahead: it makes clear that the Elder Liberation defers virtue to the good friends of the stations ahead as having ten kinds of surpassing excellence, and exhorts Sudhana to go on seeking and to apply himself further.” 〔T36n1739 0960b20〕

「至閻浮提畔者,明此位正心住,是得出世間及處世間智慧神通之極畔故,故云閻浮提畔。」 tr. “as for 『coming to the shore of Jambudvīpa』: it makes clear that this station is the dwelling of the upright mind, and that it is the utmost shore of the wisdom and spiritual powers both of transcending the world and of dwelling within the world; therefore it says the shore of Jambudvīpa.” 〔T36n1739 0960b22〕

「有一國土名摩利伽羅者,此梵本未譯。」 tr. “as for 『there is a land named Māligara』: this is a Sanskrit form not rendered into Chinese.” 〔T36n1739 0960b27〕 · 「有比丘名海幢者,明約以德智慧如海,能破眾生業惑處,名之為幢。幢者,摧壞義故。」 tr. “as for 『there is a bhikṣu named Ocean Banner』: it makes clear that in terms of virtue his wisdom is like an ocean, and that where he can break the deeds and delusions of beings he is named Banner—for Banner has the sense of crushing and destroying.” 〔0960b28〕

Zhiyan, Souxuan ji T35n1732

Zhiyan has for this good friend an outline in three parts (exhorting and teaching him to go on · going on in accord with the teaching · directly realizing the Dharma realm) 〔T35n1732 0092b14–b16〕; the parts run as follows:

Zhiyan sets up a threefold outline for this good friend, its names differing from both Chengguan's and Fazang's:

「第五方便具足住菩薩,長者名解脫,入如來一切無礙莊嚴法門。」 tr. “The bodhisattva of the fifth, the abode of skillful means fully endowed: the elder is named Liberation, and he enters the Tathāgata's gate of the Dharma of all unobstructed adornment.” 〔T35n1732 0092b13〕

〔T35n1732 0092b14〕「有三:初勸教趣入、二「時善財」〔0092b15〕下依教進入、三「時解脫長者」〔0092b15〕下辨正證法界。」 tr. “There are three: first, the exhortation of the teaching to go on and enter; second, from 『then Sudhana』 onward, entering on in accord with the teaching; third, from 『then the Elder Liberation』 onward, the setting forth of the direct realization of the Dharma realm.”

Each of the three parts is opened again. The first is threefold: 〔T35n1732 0092b16〕「初有三:初示處、二示名、三勸教問。」 tr. “the first has three: first, showing the place; second, showing the name; third, the exhortation of the teaching to inquire.” The second is eightfold: 〔T35n1732 0092b17〕「二進入中有八:初信德而辭往、二念前法門、三「如是念」〔0092b18〕下進向方便、四「周遍」〔0092b19〕下依教簡擇、五見相、六敬、七念也、八「白言」〔0092b20〕下請問。」 tr. “second, within the entering on there are eight: first, taking leave and going on out of faith in the virtue; second, holding the former dharma gate in mind; third, from 『thinking in this way』 onward, the skillful means of advancing toward; fourth, from 『everywhere』 onward, discerning and choosing in accord with the teaching; fifth, seeing the mark; sixth, paying respect; seventh, holding in mind; eighth, from 『he said』 onward, the inquiry.” And within the inquiry there are three again: 〔T35n1732 0092b20〕「問中有三:初明己所欲、二「白言我聞大聖」〔0092b20〕下歎德、三「唯願以」〔0092b21〕下正請。」 tr. “within the inquiry there are three: first, making clear what he himself wishes for; second, from 『he said, I have heard that the great sage』 onward, praising the virtue; third, from 『I only pray that』 onward, the direct request.”

The count of the sentences in the part on what he wishes for is reckoned by Zhiyan otherwise than by Chengguan:

〔T35n1732 0092b21〕「初文有三:初十五句,求果法;次「欲與一切」〔0092b22〕下十四,求因法;三「欲滿」〔0092b23〕下自分所修行法。」 tr. “the first passage has three: first, fifteen sentences, seeking the dharmas of the fruit; next, from 『wishing to be with all』 onward, fourteen, seeking the dharmas of the cause; third, from 『wishing to fulfill』 onward, the dharmas of practice cultivated in one's own portion.”

Chengguan, upon the base text, judges these three parts thus: 〔T35n1735 0927c14〕「於中三:初欲上窮佛境;二「為欲聞一切」〔0927c15〕下欲罄盡法源;三「為欲與一切」〔0927c16〕下欲齊菩薩行,亦僧寶境。」 tr. “within it there are three: first, the wish to exhaust the realm of the Buddhas above; second, from 『for the sake of hearing all』 onward, the wish to exhaust the source of the Dharma; third, from 『for the sake of being with all』 onward, the wish to be equal to the practice of the bodhisattvas, which is likewise the objective realm of the jewel of the Saṅgha.” Zhiyan sets his three up as the dharmas of the fruit, the dharmas of the cause, and the dharmas of practice cultivated in one's own portion; Chengguan sets his three up as the realm of the Buddhas, the source of the Dharma, and the practice of the bodhisattvas. Zhiyan's 「十五句」 tr. “fifteen sentences” and 「十四」 tr. “fourteen” attach to the text he is glossing, and are not the same outline as the sentence counts of the three parts in the base text (thirteen · five · thirteen). Recorded without judgment.

The part on direct realization: 〔T35n1732 0092b23〕「三正證中有二:初說自所得法、二「何能」〔0092b24〕下仰推。」 tr. “third, within the direct realization there are two: first, telling of the dharma he himself has obtained; second, from 『how could I』 onward, deferring upward.” The part on obtaining the dharma is again threefold: 〔T35n1732 0092b24〕「初文有三:初明得法門、二「得此法門」〔0092b25〕下辨法門所現事、三「我唯」〔0092b26〕下結解分齊。」 tr. “the first passage has three: first, making clear the obtaining of the dharma gate; second, from 『having obtained this dharma gate』 onward, setting forth the matters the dharma gate manifests; third, from 『I only』 onward, concluding the bounds of his understanding.” The part on entering concentration is again threefold: 〔T35n1732 0092b26〕「初文有三:初辨入定及因緣、二「入已」〔0092b27〕已下明定功德、三「從起」〔0092b27〕下辨法門名字。」 tr. “the first passage has three: first, setting forth the entering of the concentration and its causes and conditions; second, from 『having entered』 onward, making clear the virtue of the concentration; third, from 『rising from it』 onward, setting forth the name of the dharma gate.”

As to the two aspects of what the dharma gate manifests, Zhiyan sets up the two gates of self and other set facing each other, and mind and objective realm set facing each other:

〔T35n1732 0092b28〕「二法門所現事中有二:初約自他相對、二「知一切佛及與」〔0092b29〕下心境相對。」 tr. “second, within the matters the dharma gate manifests there are two: first, in terms of self and other set facing each other; second, from 『knowing that all the Buddhas and』 onward, mind and objective realm set facing each other.”

「前文有二:初略、次廣,各有三可知。」 tr. “the former passage has two: first the brief, next the extensive, each having three, as may be known.” 〔T35n1732 0092b29〕

〔T35n1732 0092c01〕「二心境內有二:初約真、次「善男子當知」〔0092c02〕下約俗,亦各有二:初立、次勸,可知也。」 tr. “second, within mind and objective realm there are two: first in terms of the real, next, from 『son of good family, you should know』 onward, in terms of the conventional; and each again has two, first the setting up and next the exhortation, as may be known.”

It closes with the deferring upward: 「仰推中,初總、次別可知。」 tr. “within the deferring upward, first the general and next the particular, as may be known.” 〔T35n1732 0092c03〕

This outline and Chengguan's may be read against each other and cannot stand in for each other: from 『knowing that all the Buddhas and』 onward Chengguan judges the general and the particular of the four similes, while Zhiyan gathers the whole under the one gate of mind and objective realm set facing each other and takes 『son of good family, you should know』 for the boundary of the real and the conventional. Both these outlines are settled sayings of the ancient worthies; they are recorded without judgment.

Recorded Without Judgment

As to the number of senses of the 「無礙」 tr. “unobstructed” in the name of the dharma gate, Chengguan sets up five senses and Fazang four—Fazang has not Chengguan's fifth, 「長者智持不以為礙」 tr. “that the elder's wisdom holds them and does not take them for an obstruction,” and Chengguan moreover takes this fifth sense back to the two words of the name of the concentration, 「旋持」 tr. “the whirling and holding.” As to the general and the particular of the four similes, Chengguan's Chao, upon the eighty-fascicle text, judges 「唯影別喻,餘三皆通」 tr. “the reflected image alone is a particular simile, and the other three are all general,” while upon the forty-fascicle text (the new translation) it judges 「夢響二喻具通與別,影幻二喻唯別無通」 tr. “the dream and the echo, the two similes, have both the general and the particular, while the reflected image and the illusion, the two similes, are particular only and not general”—the judgments upon the two texts differ one from the other. As to that upon which the second simile rests, Chengguan follows the eighty-fascicle text and has the moon in water, while Fazang follows the sixty-fascicle text and has lightning, and therefore the gates of sense the two houses open upon this simile differ as well (Chengguan opens the pondering and choosing of settling and scattering, and Fazang opens the four senses of the great function of the Buddha). As to what the twelve years signify, Chengguan raises three senses (cultivating the six perfections in one's own portion and in the advance · the universal observing of the twelve abodes · not abiding in the twelve links), Fazang raises only the men of old's one sense of the six perfections, and Li Tongxuan speaks solely in terms of the twelve links of birth and thereby reflects back upon the twelve years of the monk Ocean Cloud. As to the substance of this stage, Li Tongxuan judges the pāramitā of dhyāna to be its substance with the other nine as companions, while Chengguan and Fazang do not match the substance to a pāramitā. These divergent glosses are all settled statements of the ancient worthies; they are recorded, without judging which is higher.


VII. Cross-Reading and Lineage

The chains of lineage for the text of this section all return directly from the cross-readings the ancient worthies have already made:

  • Zhiyan, Huayan jing kongmu zhang T45n1870: in the listing of the names of the fifty-three good friends, this good friend stands sixth—from 「初文殊師利二名功德雲比丘」 tr. “the first is Mañjuśrī, the second is named the monk Merit Cloud” 〔T45n1870 0589a01〕 onward, as far as 「六名解脫長者七名海幢比丘」 tr. “the sixth is named the Elder Liberation, the seventh is named the monk Ocean Banner” 〔0589a04〕. This listing verifies the placing of the Elder Liberation within the order of the visits and his standing next to the friend to come, the monk Ocean Banner, and agrees with the base text's 「彼有比丘,名曰:海幢」 tr. “there is a monk there named Ocean Banner” 〔T10n0279 0340a22〕.
  • Cross-reading within this sūtra: Chengguan's Chao, in glossing the sense of mind-only in this stretch, cites two verses from earlier in this sūtra as grounds—「若人欲了知,三世一切佛,應觀法界性,一切唯心造」 tr. “if a person wishes to understand all the Buddhas of the three times, he should observe the nature of the Dharma realm: all things are made by mind alone” 〔T36n1736 0670b29〕 and 「如心佛亦爾,如佛眾生然。應知佛與心,體性皆無盡」 tr. “as the mind is, so is the Buddha; as the Buddha is, so are beings. One should know that the Buddha and the mind are alike inexhaustible in substance and nature” 〔T36n1736 0670c02〕. Thus the mind-only of this stretch does not arise alone in this stretch; it is the sense of the earlier text of this sūtra obtaining at this stage a concrete mark of practice.
  • The reflecting of the earlier and later visits one upon the other: Li Tongxuan takes the twelve years of this good friend to reflect back upon the twelve years of the second friend, the monk Ocean Cloud—「如前第二海門國海雲比丘住海門國十有二年」 tr. “as before, the second, the monk Ocean Cloud of the land of Sea Gate, dwelt in the land of Sea Gate twelve years” 〔T36n1739 0960a07〕—and judges the difference of the two to lie in coming forth from the world and dwelling amid the common world: 「為明十二緣生法中行於世間,然以十二緣生以為禪體。」 tr. “It is to make clear the practicing within the world amid the dharmas of the twelve links of birth, taking the twelve links of birth for the substance of dhyāna.” 〔T36n1739 0960a10〕
  • The Shidi jing lun T26n1522: searched for 「解脫長者」 tr. “the Elder Liberation,” zero hits 〔查無〕 tr. “not found.” That treatise glosses chapter twenty-six only and is not a commentary upon this chapter; this is not a defect.
  • The treatises of the Huayan house: the Huayan jing zhigui T45n1871 · the Huayan yisheng jiaoyi fenqi zhang T45n1866 · the Huayan yisheng shixuan men T45n1868 · the Fajie xuanjing T45n1883—four texts, searched for 「解脫長者」 tr. “the Elder Liberation,” all give zero hits 〔查無〕 tr. “not found.”
  • Where the lineage of the Huayan house lies in this section: the face this section turns to the Huayan house lies only in Chengguan's five senses and the stretch on layer upon layer without end 〔T36n1736 0670b14〕, and in Fazang's one sentence attaching the illusion simile to 「緣起相由門」 tr. “the gate of the mutual reliance of dependent arising” 〔T35n1733 0460a16〕.
  • The consciousness-only axis: the Cheng weishi lun T31n1585 · the She dacheng lun T31n1594 · the Yogācārabhūmi T30n1579—searched for 「解脫長者」 tr. “the Elder Liberation” and 「具足方便住」 tr. “the abode of fully endowed skillful means,” all give zero hits 〔查無〕 tr. “not found.” The stretch on this good friend is not a bridge to consciousness-only, and the three treatises are not dug into further.

VIII. Edition Location Register

  • Śikṣānanda T279 (the base text): the chapter on the Elder Liberation begins at 〔T10n0279 0338b18〕 and ends 〔before 0340b02〕. Seeking in accord with the teaching · the eleven sentences of pondering and cultivating the former Dharma 0338b18–b25 · displaying the benefit of the cultivation 0338b25–c11 · going on to seek the next friend 0338c11–c12 · seeing and paying respect 0338c12–c13 · praising how hard a good friend is to meet 0338c13–c18 · the marks of giving rise to the mind (exhausting the realm of the Buddhas above) 0338c18–c25 · the marks of giving rise to the mind (exhausting the source of the Dharma) 0338c25–c27 · the marks of giving rise to the mind (being equal to the practice of the bodhisattvas) 0338c27–0339a09 · concluding what precedes and giving rise to what follows 0339a09–a12 · praising his skill in drawing on and instructing 0339a12–a21 · requesting the telling of what he doubts 0339a21–a23 · the cause and condition of entering the concentration 0339a23–a24 · raising the name and substance of the concentration 0339a24–a25 · the marks of the dependent and the proper within the concentration 0339a25–b20 · displaying the benefit he obtained 0339b20–b22 · rising from the concentration 0339b22–b23 · raising the substance of the dharma gate 0339b23–b24 · the ten Buddhas of the ten directions 0339b24–c19 (east 0339b24 · south 0339b27 · west 0339b29 · north 0339c02 · northeast 0339c04 · southeast 0339c07 · southwest 0339c09 · northwest 0339c11 · above 0339c14 · below 0339c17) · taking up what precedes and marking it in general 0339c19–c21 · seeing widely at will 0339c21–c27 · the four similes 0339c28–a02 · the general conclusion that it is by one's own mind 0340a03–a07 · the ten dharmas for governing the mind 0340a07–a13 · humbling himself and deferring to the superior 0340a13–a21 · pointing to the next friend 0340a21–a23 · cherishing his virtue, bowing, and taking leave 0340a23–b01. Zero lines of verse.

  • Buddhabhadra T278 (the Jin translation, principal collation): the stretch on this good friend begins at 〔T09n0278 0693c10〕 and ends 〔0695b04〕 (at the close of fascicle forty-six). Rightly holding the former dharma in mind 0693c10 · seeking on 0694a02 · having seen him, thinking 0694a03 · speaking and giving rise to the mind 0694a07 · praising his virtue and exhorting him to tell 0694a27 · concluding the request 0694b06 · the cause and condition of entering the concentration, beginning at 0694b09 · having entered 0694b11 · the marks within the concentration 0694b12–c03 · telling and showing after coming out of the concentration 0694c03 · the substance of the dharma gate 0694c04 · the ten Buddhas of the ten directions 0694c05–c24 · not coming and not going 0694c24 · seeing the Buddhas at will 0694c26–0695a02 · the four similes 0695a02–a06 · by one's own mind 0695a07 · the ten sentences on cultivating the mind 0695a11 · humbling himself 0695a16 · pointing to the next friend 0695a24 · bowing and taking leave 0695a26–b04.

  • Prajñā T293 (the forty-fascicle Avataṃsaka, collation for the final assembly): this good friend's stretch runs from 〔T10n0293 0685c08〕 to 〔0688b17〕 (fascicle six). Pondering and cultivating the former Dharma (twelve sentences of 「一心專念」 tr. “with one mind he single-mindedly held in mind”) 0685c08–c17 · displaying the benefit of the cultivation 0685c17–0686a05 · going on to seek the next friend 0686a05–a07 · seeing and paying respect 0686a07–a08 · praising how hard a good friend is to meet 0686a08–a13 · the marks of giving rise to the mind 0686a13–b16 · concluding what precedes and giving rise to what follows 0686b16–b20 · praising his skill in drawing on and instructing 0686b20–c02 · requesting the telling of what he doubts 0686c02–c05 · the conditions for entering concentration (four conditions) 0686c05–c07 · raising the name and substance of the concentration 0686c07–c09 · the marks of the dependent and the proper within the concentration 0686c09–0687a21 · displaying the benefit gained 0687a21–a23 · rising from concentration 0687a23–a25 · raising the substance of the dharma gate 0687a25–a26 · the ten Buddhas of the ten directions 0687a26–b26 (east 0687a26 · south 0687a29 · west 0687b03 · north 0687b05 · northeast 0687b07 · southeast 0687b10 · southwest 0687b13 · northwest 0687b16 · below 0687b19 · above 0687b22) · treading back over and stating in general 0687b26–c02 · the extensive seeing at will 0687c02–c10 · the extensive seeing of past and future 0687c10–c17 · no coming or going in the three times 0687c17–c21 · the four similes 0687c21–c26 · the general conclusion, by one's own mind 0687c26–c27 · the mind running through the myriad dharmas 0687c27–0688a03 · the part on mind and consciousness 0688a03–a19 · the ten dharmas for governing the mind 0688a19–a25 · humbling himself and deferring to the superior 0688a25–b06 · pointing to the next friend 0688b06–b09 · cherishing his virtue, bowing, and taking leave 0688b09–b17.

  • Chengguan, Huayan jing shu T35n1735: the direct gloss on this good friend begins at 0927c05 · the six-part outline 0927c05 · seeking in accord with the teaching 0927c06–c12 · seeing, paying respect, and inquiring 0927c12–c21 · directly showing the Dharma realm 0927c21 · the three conditions of entering the concentration 0927c22–c26 · the name and substance of the concentration 0927c26–c29 · the working of the concentration 0927c29–0928a03 · the four sub-outlines after coming out of the concentration 0928a02–a10 · the five senses of the unobstructed 0928a04–a09 · displaying the substance and marks of the concentration 0928a10–a18 · the gloss on the four similes 0928a19–b18 · the mind running through the myriad dharmas 0928b18–b22 · the concluding exhortation to cultivation and study 0928b22–c07 · the gloss on the ten sentences 0928b28–c07 · humbling oneself and deferring to the superior 0928c07–c08 · pointing to the next friend 0928c08–c12 · ending 0928c12.

  • Chengguan, Yanyi chao T36n1736: the rehearsing and glossing of this stretch 0670a25–0672b26 (ending at 「餘可知」 tr. “the rest may be known”). The scriptural grounds of the abode of fully endowed skillful means 0670a26–b03 · the gloss on the name of the stage 0670b04 · the gloss on concluding what precedes and giving rise to what follows 0670b05 · the gloss on the five senses of the unobstructed one by one 0670b08–b25 · the gloss on the whirling and holding 0670b25–b28 · the scriptural grounds of mind-only 0670b28–c05 · the gloss on the mark being without coming and going 0670c05–c08 · the general and the particular of the four similes 0670c08–c15.

  • Fazang, Tanxuan ji T35n1733: the fifth, the abode of skillful means fully endowed, begins at 0459b17 and ends at 0460b04. The gloss on the name of the city and the name of the person 0459b18–b23 · entering in accord with the teaching 0459b23–b29 · directly paying respect and requesting 0459b29–c16 · showing the Dharma realm 0459c16 · entering the concentration 0459c18–c25 · telling and showing after coming out of the concentration 0459c25 · the four senses of the unobstructed 0459c27–0460a02 · the four sub-outlines of the working 0460a02–a19 · the general conclusion 0460a19–a22 · exhorting to cultivation, the ten sentences 0460a22–a27 · looking up and deferring 0460a28–b04.

  • Li Tongxuan, Xin Huayan jing lun T36n1739: the ten-gate outline 0959c24–0960a05 · the gloss gate by gate 0960a05–b09 (the twelve years 0960a06–a17 · the name of the city 0960a19–a22 · searching and seeing and paying respect 0960a22–a26 · entering the concentration and the ten directions 0960a27–b01 · seeing the Buddhas according with mindfulness 0960b02–b04 · the substance of the stage 0960b04–b09) · fascicle thirty-five opens four further gates 0960b16–0960c01.

  • Zhiyan, Souxuan ji T35n1732: the bodhisattva of the fifth abode of skillful means fully endowed, beginning 0092b13 · the three parts 0092b14–b16 · self and other / mind and object set one against the other 0092b28–b29 · in terms of the true and in terms of the common 0092c02–c03 · deferring upward 0092c03.

  • Variant readings: within the range of T279 covered by this unit, 〔0338b18〕–〔0340b01〕, the Taishō base text carries 4 collation notes, recorded one by one without adjudication (base reading 【大】|variant readings of other witnesses, several witnesses separated by /): 〔0338b23〕住【大】|任【元】【明】 · 〔0339a15〕澣【大】|浣【宋】【元】【明】【宮】 · 〔0339a15〕涼【大】|淨【宋】【元】【明】 · 〔0340a22〕彼【大】|復【宮】.

  • A further note upon the variant readings: 2 CBETA emendations (not counted among the Taishō collation notes listed above): 〔0338b26〕冑【CB】【麗-CB】【磧-CB】|胃【大】 · 〔0339a01〕生【CB】【麗-CB】【磧-CB】|世【大】.

  • Entries not found: the Shidi jing lun T26n1522 · the Huayan jing zhigui T45n1871 · the Huayan yisheng jiaoyi fenqi zhang T45n1866 · the Huayan yisheng shixuan men T45n1868 · the Fajie xuanjing T45n1883 · the Cheng weishi lun T31n1585 · the She dacheng lun T31n1594 · the Yogācārabhūmi T30n1579—eight texts in all, all of them zero hits.

Translator · 釋慧鏡 Shi Huijing. The full statement of AI's role across the 指月 project is maintained at methodology.

License · CC BY-NC-SA 4.0